This is only a preview of the November 2007 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 30 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "PIC-Based Water-Tank Level Meter; Pt.1":
Items relevant to "Playback Adaptor For CD-ROM Drives":
Items relevant to "Rolling Code Security System; Pt.2":
Items relevant to "A UV Light Box For Making PC Boards":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.20, No.11; November 2007
www.siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
Your Own
Home
Recording
Studio –
Page 10.
Features
10 Your Own Home Recording Studio
Learn how to produce audio CDs for musicians at a fraction of the cost of a
recording studio – by Michael Goebel
22 The Electricity-Saving Box – Does It Work?
Is this a clever gimmick or what? You just plug it in and it supposedly saves
you money . . . or does it? – by Mauro Grassi
48 Siemens’ Electronic Wedge Brake
Revolutionary new electronically-controlled braking system has no hydraulics
Pro jects To Build
28 PIC-Based Water-Tank Level Meter; Pt.1
It’s easy to install, doesn’t use a complicated in-tank sensor and has an
optional radio telemetry feature that lets you remotely monitor up to 10 tanks
and automatically control pumps – by John Clarke
40 Playback Adaptor For CD-ROM Drives
Ever wanted to use a CD-ROM drive as a CD player? This nifty adaptor can
control two CD-ROM drives and has IR remote control – by Mauro Grassi
62 Rolling Code Security System; Pt.2
PIC-Based Water-Tank
Level Meter – Page 28.
Second article covers the installation and setting-up procedures and describes
the optional SOIC adaptor board – by John Clarke
67 PIC Programmer SOIC Converter
This simple adaptor PC board accepts 18-pin SOIC PIC micros and plugs
directly into a conventional PIC programmer – by John Clarke
69 A UV Light Box For Making PC Boards
Build your own exposure light box with an electronic timer – by Robert Scott
Special Columns
Playback Adaptor For
CD-ROM Drives – Page
40.
57 Serviceman’s Log
Fire, foam and computer hard drives – by the TV Serviceman
82 Circuit Notebook
(1) PIC-Controlled SLA Battery Capacity Meter; (2) Audio Link Via Cat.5
Cable; (3) Simple Model Train Controller; (4) R/C Servo Exerciser; (5)
Animation For Mobiles; (6) Discrete Component Low Dropout Regulator
90 Vintage Radio
Light Box
For Making
PC Boards –
Page 69.
Pocket-sized valve portable radios – by Rodney Champness
Departments
2
4
77
87
Publisher’s Letter
Mailbag
Order Form
Product Showcase
siliconchip.com.au
96 Ask Silicon Chip
99 Notes & errata
102 Market Centre
November 2007 1
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Mauro Grassi, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Photography
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Publisher’s Letter
Now for the next 20 years
20 years have passed in the life of SILICON CHIP, its
staff and those readers who read the first issue, back
in November 1987. Actually, last month, October
2007 was the 240th issue of SILICON CHIP and I suppose we could have celebrated our 20th anniversary
last month.
Our thanks to all those readers and advertisers who
have supported us over the years. You have helped us
grow and survive. Of all our advertisers, I must single out our three major supporters, Jaycar Electronics,
Dick Smith Electronics and Altronics. Without your particular and consistent
support, we certainly would not have survived. But thanks also to all our other
advertisers – you all help contribute to the financial health of this publication
which is vital for long-term survival and growth.
It has been a long haul for all concerned but very gratifying nonetheless. Who
could possibly have imagined all the technological changes which would occur
in those 20 years of publishing? There are so many that it is hard to nominate the
most important changes but they have probably involved mobile phones, DVDs
and the internet. All of these existed in some form or were being developed prior
to 1987. Most other technology changes that we now use and take for granted
are really just incremental.
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Kevin Poulter
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
What will happen in the next 20 years, as far as technology is concerned? If
you could answer that question, you will be a real prophet. For our part, we will
only nominate a few areas where technology changes are likely to be significant.
The first of these will involve the production and use of electrical energy. We
are bound to become much more efficient in our use of energy, right across all
human activity. The same comment applies to the use of water. That will apply
regardless of whether Australia becomes a lot drier in the years to come.
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
As far as video technology is concerned, it seems very likely that laser projectors will soon become available, as well as 3D TV (demo models are already in
the research labs) and even fancier mobile phones with better screens, cameras
and so on.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $89.50 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, see
the subscription page in this issue.
Editorial office:
Unit 1, 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Fax (02) 9939 2648.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
We also think that there will be drastic changes in medical technology in years
to come and this will run the gamut of gene technology, DNA and stem cell technology, all sorts of electronic medical implants, robot medicine and so on. Sure,
there will be lots of improvements in communications, speeds of computers and
the internet, plus massive changes in software to do all sorts of stuff but really,
all of that will be incremental. More than that, we just don’t know.
As far as SILICON CHIP is concerned, we are preparing for the next 20 years.
Back in 1987, we had three other direct competitors in the form of “Electronics Australia”, “Electronics Today International” and “Australian Electronics
Monthly” and a host of foreign magazines from Europe and the USA. All the
local competitors have gone and so have most of the international magazines.
Those that are left are generally only a shadow of their former selves, leaving
SILICON CHIP as one of the very few magazines of its type in the world. We expect
that SILICON CHIP will become even more select in the future.
With the continuing support of our tens of thousands of readers and our advertisers, we plan to grow and develop our special capabilities as a significant
electronics publisher. It is bound to be an interesting and challenging ride.
Leo Simpson
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
USB Mixed Signal Oscilloscope
Analog + Digital
Inventing the future requires a lot of test gear...
...or a BitScope
Digital Storage Oscilloscope
9
Dual Channel Digital Scope with industry
standard probes or POD connected analog
inputs. Fully opto-isolated.
Mixed Signal Oscilloscope
9
Capture and display analog and logic signals
together with sophisticated cross-triggers for
precise analog/logic timing.
Multi-Band Spectrum Analyzer
9
Display analog waveforms and their spectra
simultaneously. Base-band or RF displays with
variable bandwidth control.
Multi-Channel Logic Analyzer
9
Eight logic/trigger channels with event capture
to 25nS.
9
Built-in flash programmable DSP based function
generator. Operates concurrently with waveform
and logic capture.
DSP Waveform Generator
BS100U Mixed Signal Storage Scope & Analyzer
Innovations in modern electronics engineering are leading the new wave of
inventions that promise clean and energy efficient technologies that will
change the way we live.
Mixed Signal Data Recorder
It's a sophisticated world mixing digital logic, complex analog signals and
high speed events. To make sense of it all you need to see exactly what's
going on in real-time.
User Programmable Tools and Drivers
BS100U combines analog and digital capture and analysis in one cost
effective test and measurement package to give you the tools you need to
navigate this exciting new frontier.
9
Record to disk anything BitScope can capture.
Supports on-screen waveform replay and export.
9
Use supplied drivers and interfaces to build
custom test and measurement and data
acquisition solutions.
Standard 1M/20pF BNC inputs
Smart POD Connector
Opto-isolated USB 2.0
12VDC with low power modes
BitScope DSO Software for Windows and Linux
BS100U includes BitScope DSO the fast and
intuitive multichannel test and measurement
software for your PC or notebook.
Capture deep buffer one-shots, display waveforms
and spectra real-time or capture mixed signal data
to disk. Comprehensive integration means you can
view analog and logic signals in many different
ways all at the click of a button.
The software may also be used stand-alone to
share data with colleagues, students or customers.
Waveforms may be exported as portable image
files or live captures replayed on another PC as if a
BS100U was locally connected.
BitScope Designs
Ph: (02) 9436 2955
Fax: (02) 9436 3764
www.bitscope.com
November 2007 3
MAILBAG
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may
edit and has the right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This
also applies to submissions to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”.
Sensor light with
no manual over-ride
I wish to respond to the article in
Ask SILICON CHIP, page 97, May 2007
(and the response in Mailbag, page
5, July 2007), regarding sensor lights
staying on due to intermittent power
glitches.
There is an HPM brand sensor,
model 630/3A, that is set-up to work
in sensor mode only, with no built-in
manual override (note: the 630/3 has
the built-in manual override). Power
glitches, brownouts or switching the
power off, then on again within two
seconds doesn’t affect it.
If you wish to install a manual override on the 630/3A, you can simply
add an external bypass switch.
Tony Cassaniti,
Garden Suburb, NSW.
Satisfaction with
Nixie clock
I just had to let you know that the
Nixie Clock published in the July &
Speedo readings
not good enough
I have read the recent letters regarding car speedo errors. I find it
quite disconcerting that manufacturers are permitted such a large error.
If I go into a supermarket and buy
100 grams of product, I expect to
get very close to 100 grams (maybe
±1%). I would be very displeased to
find that I only had 87.273 grams.
As you state, it must be very
frustrating for heavy vehicles with
speed limiters set at 100km/h to be
stuck behind a line of cars all doing
88km/h even though their speedos
are showing 100.
Your correspondent Adrian Leake
(SILICON CHIP, August 2007) asserts
that odometers are calibrated to read
accurately. My experience is that
they read low. On several different 5km ‘Speedo Check’ zones my
4 Silicon Chip
August 2007 issues is the best kit I have
ever built. It took me about 10 hours
to complete and I was very careful to
ensure correct alignment of the various
components.
My wife is so pleased and impressed
by the Nixie Clock that she has made
room for it in one of her glass display
cases. The clear Perspex case really
does make the Nixie Clock look incredible! Congratulations to David Whitby
and SILICON CHIP!
Dave Sargent,
Howard, Qld.
Simple tank indicator
has drawback
The simple tank water level indicator presented by John Williamson in
the September 2007 issue does indeed
perform exactly as he says. However
when I tried the very same idea a while
ago the problem I had was that the
water in the clear plastic tubing was
then exposed to sunlight and began
to grow some multi-coloured algae
odometer read between 4.8km and
4.9km (2-4% low). A timed check
of the speedo shows that 100km/h
is indicated as 108km/h, a fact that
I can testify can’t be too much in
error as I drive on the highway with
the speedo indicating just below the
110km/h mark (approximate needle
width) and have never had a speed
camera ticket although I pass a
large number of cameras on various
highways.
Surely it is about time that car
instrument manufacturers caught
up with the rest of the world and
made instruments that indicate more
accurately the speed and distance.
Perhaps even radar or GPS technology would beat the old mechanical
devices running off the transmission.
Bill Neumann,
Yeerongpilly, Qld,
which I decided I didn’t want in my
drinking water.
Tony Ullman,
Georgica, NSW.
Comment: good point. The tube must
not be exposed to sunlight.
Reason to invert
a laptop display
I have been looking for a way to
invert the screen of a laptop for about
a year. I tried Google, online forums,
etc and eventually gave up.
I therefore read the Serviceman’s
Log for September 2007 with great
interest. It presented an easy solution
to my needs.
Interestingly the Serviceman could
not think of why anyone would use
this. In my case, the application is
to mount an old laptop upside down
on the roof of my 4WD and use it to
display navigation with a GPS and as
a large roof-mounted DVD player.
Tony Wise,
Melbourne, Vic.
Climate change
scepticism
There has never been any doubt that
the publisher, Leo Simpson, stands
on the conservative side of the political spectrum but I would call him a
climate-sceptic rather than “denier”
and some hard-nosed scepticism is
certainly needed with some of the selfserving “solutions” on offer.
Changing the area lighting on a
block of flats to CFLs saved considerable power but the biggest impact was
from the longer life, meaning that visits
from an electrician at $80 per blown
light globe were cut to one-third, never
mind better lighting. The much higher
cost of the CFLs was recovered in only
a few months.
I’ve installed and maintained some
remote area solar power systems and
I agree that they are quite uneconomic
siliconchip.com.au
Atmel’s AVR, from
JED in Australia
Who wants a watch
when they retire?
One of our Broadcast Engineers here at DMG Radio Australia (Kevin Stephens, pictured) recently retired from our
company. I was at a loss as to
what to buy him as a retirement gift.
Usually, a fine wristwatch
is given to a faithful employee
after many years of service. In
this case, I was looking for something a little unusual and after
reading the article about the
Nixie Clock project in SILICON
CHIP, I knew exactly what I would
get him.
Kevin actually used Nixie tubes in
the early part of his electronic career,
so this was a perfect gift. I contacted
David Whitby of Gless Audio who
kindly agreed to assemble a Nixie
Clock in time for Kevin’s retirement
where mains power is available. There
are still large gains to be made in
household energy integration such as
waste heat recovery from fridges.
The economy of solar-electric panels is reduced by charge regulators that
simply disconnect all those expensive
watts, rather than redirecting them to
the fridge and homestead water pumps
in a load-shed tree.
However, I am at a loss to understand your swipes at solar hot-water
heating. If there is one thing that already significantly unloads the urban
electrical system it has to be domestic
solar hot-water heating. The daily
shower gobbles a surprising amount
of energy.
But it’s not often that I get a good
belly laugh from a S ILICON C HIP
editorial. After a couple of swipes at
“environmentalists” (whatever that
means these days), Leo Simpson goes
on to demolish tree planting as a “net
carbon sink”.
Why I find this funny is that this
very argument has been a mainstay
of the native forest logging industry
(misquoting a CSIRO study). Only a
few years ago, it was “environmentalists” who were being derided for
saying exactly what you go on to say
– the mature carbon-sink trees would
then have to be somehow totally resiliconchip.com.au
JED has designed a range of
single board computers and
modules as a way of using the
AVR without SMT board design
party and presentation.
As you can see, the idea of giving
him a “retirement watch” was still
adhered to. Kevin was delighted
with his gift.
Steve Adler,
Technology Director,
DMG Radio Australia,
Adelaide, SA.
moved from the eternal carbon cycle!
That makes you as green as a “Forest
Feral” Leo.
Sadly, the arguments for CO2 as
“landfill”, electric motoring and the
nuclear fuel cycle still need similar
cold scrutiny. In contrast, geothermal
power looks very hopeful at this point,
not least because the “waste” is not
the stuff of parental nightmares and
terrorist dreams.
Roly Roper,
Ivanhoe, Vic.
Solar hot water systems
should be booster-free
I have two comments on Peter
Seligman’s recent articles on how to
cut greenhouse gas emissions. Firstly,
concerning renewable energy from the
electricity grid, when the renewable
energy source is not generating, there
is no electricity available from that
source. Quite obvious really, so your
energy consumption must fall to zero;
ie, the light should go out.
If it doesn’t, it must be coming from
a non-renewable source or some form
of magic! Worse still, a fossil fuel
machine needs to be running, using
fuel, waiting for the extra demand.
This is known in the power industry
as “spinning reserve.”
Real renewable energy consumers
The AVR570 module (above) is a way of
using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base
board without having to lay out the intricate,
surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and
then having to manufacture your board on
an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout
a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips
and plug in our pre-tested module. The
module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP
programming header (and an optional JTAG
ICE pad), as well as programming signal
switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305
RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath,
which uses SPI and port G.
See JED’s www site for a datasheet.
AVR573 Single Board Computer
This board uses the AVR570 module and
adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outputs, LCD/
Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire, power reg.
etc. See www.jedmicro.com.au/avr.htm
$330 PC-PROM Programmer
This programmer plugs into a PC printer
port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or
32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable
and software.
Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser
with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter.
JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd
173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155
Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499
www.jedmicro.com.au
November 2007 5
Mailbag: continued
Some stereo TVs don’t
reproduce stereo sound
Much has been discussed over the
years about picture quality of LCD vs
plasma television sets. But I am not
sure if people are all that concerned
about the quality of the audio from
their new whiz-bang TV.
I recently discovered that at least
one model of a well-known brand
LCD is incapable of producing stereo
on all TV channels. It consistently
delivers dual monaural – ie, exactly
the same sound from both channels
– on Southern Cross High Definition.
The problem is also evident on ABC
HD, WIN HD and PRIME HD but it
doesn’t seem to be consistent.
I’ve checked three other examples of this particular model and
don’t consume when the renewable
energy is not there! Otherwise it is not
renewable energy – it is a sham.
Secondly, concerning solar hot water systems, about 25 years ago I lived
in Papua New Guinea and developed
an interest in “alternative energy.” My
employer (Department of Civil Aviation) had numerous remote aircraft
radio navigational beacons and many
were solar-powered (photovoltaic with
lead-acid batteries) and I had friends
who were missionaries.
Most missionaries were in locations
where there was no power grid. Some
had no electricity at all and for others,
diesel-powered generators met all
electricity requirements.
Diesels have 40% or better full-load
efficiency and could be a source of
hot water from the “waste heat” in
the cooling system. I never calculated
overall efficiency but it would have
come close to 50% at full load with
the waste heat recovery factored in.
Unfortunately, no one ran their
machines all day. (6:00am to 1:00pm,
and 4:00pm or 5:00pm to 11:00pm was
common). Cooking was usually solid
fuelled (carbon neutral) and many
stoves had a heating coil for hot water
but this form of water heating is not
really “waste heat recovery” and won’t
work between meals!
6 Silicon Chip
this definitely seems to be not just
a fault but a major design flaw in
this TV. It could very well be that
there are other brands and models
with the same problem. My investigations have revealed that this
model is incompatible with the
various audio modes being broadcast
(see http://www.dba.org.au/index.
asp?sectionID=14).
So if you are concerned about
the audio from your TV, then have
a close listen. You might be surprised to find it is not performing
as expected.
I wonder if people really do “listen
with their eyes” and could be blissfully unaware of this problem.
Trevor Dalziell,
Symonston, ACT.
Solar heating was a viable alternative. Experience tells me that with a
sufficient sized collector and tank,
there was no requirement for a “booster”. Most Australian commercially
available solar hot-water systems at
the time were adequate in PNG. At my
own home, I covered one or two of the
three collectors in the dry season as
the water was too hot! I think it must
have been designed for Melbourne!
After some design research, it became apparent that these same systems
had a plate surface area that was about
one third of that required for Perth latitudes and the tanks were too small for
the planned consumption. My conclusion was that solar hot water systems
designed for Perth were too small, and
deliberately designed to be “boosted!”
As a corollary, solar hot water systems,
designed for the installation’s latitude
won’t need boosting and therefore
will be truly “carbon neutral” in their
energy consumption.
Hence, booster-free solar hot water
systems are the correct direction for
reducing greenhouse emissions in
domestic installations. Consumers
need to become aware of the difference
and government needs to promote the
value of such systems.
Alan Johnson,
Greenmount, WA.
siliconchip.com.au
Are mobile phones
a hazard?
Like many others in our industry
over the years I have followed the
debate over possible health implications associated with using mobile
phones. My background included
control, communications and radar from 10kHz up to 20GHz so I
think I have sufficient knowledge
to comment from a perspective of
over 40 years. Recently, a thought
occurred to me on the phone issue
and I would like to put it out there
for discussion.
Phone studies seem to vary from
maybe there is to maybe there isn’t
a problem. In a similar manner to
Scandinavia enforcing stringent
standards on the zoo of signals associated with CRT monitors, perhaps
it is time to examine how the phone
studies were conducted and whether
they were appropriate or sufficient.
Some studies were based on statistical analysis of epidemiology data.
Results were sometimes significant,
others not conclusive.
I am cynical about any establishment and their ability to spin a story
to put the best face to protect their
interests. It occurred to me that
physical studies were undertaken
but very little detail of such tests
is available. The thought was, “Did
the test take into consideration close
proximity of the mobile phones to
the head?” I had been of the view
that signal levels were at such a low
level that the risk was higher from
base stations. I did also consider a
possibility existed that the pulse
nature of the signal had an ability to
force resonance and perhaps cause
problems with some molecules.
We traditionally think in term of
far field radiation and not the near
field where the signal is launched,
as is the case for mobile phones.
Wavelengths used for mobile phones
ranges from about 30cm down to
about 5cm for some cordless phones.
Purists will argue about the transition phase from near field to far
field but for general discussion the
conventional value of half a wavelength is sufficient. The near field
for 900MHz phone services half is
about 15cm and covers most of the
brain cavity. This is also a problem
for cordless phones at 25mm but
less so.
In the near field, the magnetic
component predominates and this
is the issue that occurred to me. The
near field being a magnetic field must
interact with our blood due to its
iron content. I would be interested
to know if this has been considered.
Any data obtained needs to reflect
near field locations and not more
conventional far field locations. Suitable data that may be available from
radiography but such data would reflect a steady signal as compared to a
predominantly pulse signal. Also the
phone “duty cycle” would be higher.
Have the hard yards been done or
is part of our industry conveniently
sticking its head in the sand?
Am I a technophobe? Far from it.
It is important that we discuss such
matters in a dispassionate way, unlike emotional mainstream press
coverage. As technologists, we know
that at some level hazard conditions
start. Would a biologist studying radio illumination of a biological test
subject even consider or be aware of
the difference between near and far
field conditions and possible differences in outcomes?
Brendan Falvey,
Gundaroo, NSW.
We’re told we make
the best speakers
in the world…
Now you can too
“The best speakers
I have ever heard”
DVD Now
“The best bass
in the world”
Rolling Stone Magazine
“We have yet to hear
another system that
sounds as good”
Best Buys Home Theatre
Seven models
from $769pr
www.vaf.com.au
New Australian
Vintage Radio Society
Your readers may be interested to
hear about the formation of a new
vintage radio organisation. The Australian Vintage Radio Society Inc is a
not-for-profit organisation dedicated
to the preservation of our radio and
radio related electronic history.
siliconchip.com.au
Meetings are held on the fourth
Saturday afternoon of the month and
visitors are welcome. Most meetings
include a talk by a presenter with
experience in the field of restoration
or history and a display of radios and
related equipment of the era.
Other services available to members include a bi-monthly newsletter,
FreeCall 1800 818 882
vaf<at>vaf.com.au
November 2007 7
Mailbag: continued
SBS is available
from satellite
In the September 2007 issue on
page 99 there is an item about poor
UHF TV Reception from W. M., of
Lesmurdie, WA. His problem was
that he was unable to get SBS clearly
in Perth, despite being just 6km from
the transmitter.
My suggestion is to get either a
65cm or 85cm satellite dish and get
SBS Free-to-Air (FTA) off the Optus
technical assistance, restoration workshops, a valve and component bank
and a circuit diagram service.
Further details can be obtained by
contacting the secretary at: Australian
Vintage Radio Society Inc, PO Box
3099, Syndal LPO Vic 3150. Or visit
our website at www.avrs.org.au
Warwick Woods,
President, AVRS.
B3 satellite with an FTA satellite set
top box. Have a look at Christian
Lyngmark’s Lyngsat website (http://
www.lyngsat.com/optusb3.html)
which shows what is on all satellite
TV feeds.
Also, have a look down the bottom of Optus B3 list and you will
find Free-to-Air SBS with a KU spot
beam over WA.
Tony Liolio VK2ZLT,
via email.
50th anniversary
of Sputnik I
1957 was the year I started school
and the year space travel commenced.
October 4th 2007 was the 50th anniversary of the 3-week long flight of
Sputnik I.
At that time, my father was working
as a scientist in the CSIRO’s Radio Research Board (RRB) under Dr David F
Martyn, based in the Sydney area. This
research group was investigating the
structure and behaviour of the upper
atmosphere. The experimental side of
this work involved transmitting radio
signals up and observing the reflected
signals returned. This meant that there
was a selection of antennas, receivers
and expertise available to receive signals from the first spacecraft.
One Saturday afternoon, Dad and I
drove to a building in the grounds of
the University of Sydney. I remember
being in a room dimly lit by outside
light through high-blinded windows.
There were large grey equipment
racks, some with dark knobs, glowing dials and lamps on front panels. I
remember one with a round green CRT
display. There was the dull red glow
of valve heaters visible where there
were no front panels.
On a work table there was an incomplete looking metalwork thing
and some cylindrical objects with
wire pigtails. I had seen a similar sight
in a WWII bunker used by RRB near
Camden Airport.
NEW! CIRCUIT
WIZARD
A revolutionary new system
that combines circuit design,
PCB design, simulation &
CAD/ CAM in one complete
package for your pc.
om:
r
f
o
m
e
d
a free oncepts.com
d
a
o
l
n
w
o
D
ave-c
w
w
e
n
.
w
ww
ions click on
To see the
s between
difference
Standard
onal vers
& Professi
‘features’.
IDEAL FOR
Schools, TAFEs, Hobbyists & Business
Circuit Wizard Standard – $202*
&
Circuit Wizard Pro – $390*post*incin GST
Aust.
555Electronics
Australia and
New Zealand –
for orders or more
information,
please contact
19 Kensington St, Clovelly Park,
SA 5042 Tel (08) 8277 8936
email: bwigley<at>senet.com.au
www.555electronics.com.au
8 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Refining the
Studio Series Preamplifier
I have recently completed the Altronics kit for the complete Studio
Series Stereo Preamp (SILICON CHIP,
October & November 2005, April &
July 2006) and was most impressed
with the supplied parts and overall
performance.
An article in the August 2007 issue
of SILICON CHIP highlighted the superlative performance of the LM4562
op amp, even putting the OPA2134
(as used in the preamp) to shame! I
purchased a quantity of the LM4562
and since it is a plug-in replacement,
popped them in.
With the preamp connected to my
AWA F242 Noise & Distortion measuring set, it was obvious that something
wasn’t quite right. Probing with a
CRO revealed 10-30MHz parasitic
oscillations around both IC sections.
Both amplitude and frequency were
dependent on volume control settings.
siliconchip.com.au
Some lateral thinking suggested that
the op amp output feeding the volume
control via 100-150mm of screened
cable (and hence 50pF of shunt capacitance) was the culprit. While the
OPA has a gain-bandwidth product
of 8MHz, the LM4562 tips the scale
at more than 55MHz!
The cure was quite simple: insert
a 100-220W resistor in IC1a’s (and
IC2a’s) output feeding the volume
control. This is easily accomplished by
lifting the “pot” wire on the PC board
connector and inserting the resistor
in series with the screened cable and
connector.
I was unable to measure any difference in distortion (little wonder!) but
the preamp’s total noise (20Hz - 20kHz,
flat) was 6-8dB lower with the volume
control at “max” using the LM4562 op
amp; well worth $25 for two ICs.
I also did some work on the potentiometer drive motor. I purchased a dual
10kW ALPS Blue Velvet motorised pot
(on eBay from Germany). However, I
measured a considerable increase in
output noise (still around -100dB)
when the motor was activated. A few
checks revealed that it was noise radiated from the motor body, not the DC
wiring. Two turns of mu-metal “tape”
around the motor body and secured
with a cable tie removed the motor
noise completely.
The supplied toroidal transformer
in the Altronics kit was rotated to optimise the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR),
there being a definite sweet spot. The
measured SNR on the F242 in dB terms
didn’t show any reduction but the
residual noise improved dramatically
from a buzz to a hum.
To find the correct orientation, the
F242’s noise “monitoring output” was
fed into an audio amplifier and the
resultant noise (more like a raspy buzz
caused by transformer stray leakage
and/or magnetising currents and possibly the diode bridge switching transients) was monitored on a speaker.
The toroid was gently (and carefully)
rotated to null the resultant buzz
(very obvious!) with the volume set
to 50% – the most likely setting used.
The final SNR was better than -105dB
with a terminated input, the top cover
in place and using the LM4562s.
Kit Scally,
SC
Forestville, NSW.
The new standard in
digital multimeters
0.2% basic accuracy
4000 counts display
Safety current terminal shutters
RMS/Mean measurement
Auto-hold
User calibration
Relative function
Capacitance measurement
Frequency measurement
3-Year Warranty
Sherval YAU 07/12
Various knobs were adjusted and
then we waited, Dad attempting but
failing to explain Sputnik to me.
Then it started, “bleeep bleeep bleeep
bleep”. The explanations then became
simpler. The sound was coming by
radio from 90 miles above from the
first man-made orbiting satellite.
My first thought was this was like
many other bleeps I had heard while
near equipment racks. But I then realised my usually unemotional Dad
was keen to share both the facts and
his excitement, about this scientific
and technical advance.
My recollection is that Sputnik I
was not visible to the unassisted eye
due to its small size but that the final
rocket stage was. However, Dad said,
these didn’t pass over Sydney at dusk
or dawn and so he couldn’t show it to
me. I think the rocket stage was visible
further south.
In the next month, on November
3rd, Sputnik II was launched. This
was visible in the evening sky from my
home. We saw its star-like appearance
hurrying across the sky with its dog
and, I assumed, bleeper.
Graham Harvey,
Toowoomba, Qld.
Comment: thanks for sharing your
memories of Sputnik, Graham. It really
does seem like a lifetime ago.
Model 733-03
Trio Smartcal – 1300 853 407
Leda Electronics – 08 9454 9880
Yokogawa Australia – 02 8870 1162
Yokogawa Auckland – 09 255 0496
Yokogawa Christchurch – 03 348 0066
www.yokogawa.com/au
November 2007 9
Home
Recording Studio
By MICHAEL GOEBEL
Learn how to produce audio CDs for musicians
at a fraction of the cost of a recording studio
Want to make good-quality audio recordings
in your own home? All you need is a PC, a
hifi system, a good-quality microphone and
some software.
D
UE TO THE PRICES charged by
professional recording studios
(some in the region of hundreds of
dollars per hour), many talented soloist and group musicians cannot afford
the cost of producing their first CD.
What’s more, attempts at recording
an entire performance using a single
microphone invariably lead to very
10 Silicon Chip
poor results – results that are so bad
that reviewers cringe when hearing
even the most promising artists.
But there is a way out. The latest PC
recording software makes it possible
to obtain surprisingly good results
using relatively simple equipment in
the comfort of your own home.
Before describing how you go about
making such recording, let’s take a look
at the equipment you need. The list is
as follows:
(1) A standard desktop computer (the
faster, the better);
(2) A CD writer (writing speed not
critical) and CD writing software;
(3) A good quality sound card (at least
16-bit) or on-board sound system;
(4) A good quality desktop microphone;
(5) Adobe Audition 1.0 (Win98 users
can use CoolEdit and/or CoolEditPro)
or Diamond Cut;
(6) A home stereo system capable of
good performance; and
siliconchip.com.au
(7) A hifi “sampler CD” of known
high quality and containing material
familiar to you
There are also a few important
things to consider before you begin:
• This project is intended for those
who are fairly proficient in the use of
computers, Adobe Audition 1.0 and
have some experience with audio.
• It is extremely unlikely that you
will achieve adequate results using a
bargain-basement laptop and/or a $99
combination CD/radio/cassette home
“hifi” system. As with all systems, the
chain is only as strong as its weakest
link.
• This project is much more easily
carried out with the help of an experienced musician, preferably someone
who can play an instrument (eg, guitar)
and sing.
• Screen resolutions of less than
1280x1024 will make it difficult to
control and organise the program
windows used in this project.
• An absolute minimum of background noise is essential to the re
cording process. If your computer
has a noisy fan, then you should
attend to this before embarking on
this project.
Also, remember to take the phone off
the hook and switch off your mobile
phone prior to any recording.
• The objective is here is NOT to
strive for bass levels that will rattle the
windows or searing treble that causes
bleeding from the ears. Instead, the aim
is to achieve a well-balanced, pleasant
and realistic level of sound.
• Many stereo systems possess lots
of “effects” options and it is vital that
they be bypassed (disabled). The same
goes for any “effects” on the computer
(eg, “3D Depth”, “Stereo Enhancement”, “Surround Sound”, etc).
• For best results, all file operations
for this project should be done in WAV
format. Avoid the use of MP3 or any
other type of sound file extension.
• If you are having trouble getting
sufficient gain through the microphone, go to the volume control panel
(Fig.1), select “Options”, “Advanced
Controls”, then in the microphone section, click on “Advanced” and select
“Mic Boost”.
• In Adobe Audition 1.0, enable
(tick the box marked) “Live update
during recording” under “Options”,
“Settings”. This will greatly facilitate
monitoring the recording process.
• While this project only uses a
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: this is the Windows volume control mixer panel. Set both the “CD”
and “wave” level controls to about 80% and the “master” or “volume
control” to zero.
Fig.2: the Windows
volume control mixer
panel properties window.
Be sure to select the
Microphone option for
recording.
2-track performance as an example,
the principles and methods outlined
can be extended to include up to 128
performers and/or instruments, by
switching to the “multitrack” mode
of Adobe Audition.
Marrying a PC to your hifi
The purpose of this step is to ensure
that the backbone of the system (ie, the
computer and stereo system combo) is
functioning properly.
First, connect the PC’s sound card
output to the “aux” input of your
stereo system. Avoid using a cable
longer than necessary or one of poor
quality.
That done, boot the computer and
once you are in Windows, power up
the stereo system, select the “aux”
input and set the system’s volume control to roughly 10 o’clock. Now locate
the computer’s volume control panel
(Fig.1), set both the “CD” and “wave”
level controls to about 80% and the
“master” or “volume control” to zero.
Set all other level controls to zero.
Now play a CD through the computer’s CD player, preferably one
that has been well recorded and with
which you are very familiar. Gradually
increase the computer’s main volume
control and adjust the volume control
on the stereo until you obtain maximum volume from the system (before
the onset of noticeable distortion)
when the computer’s main volume is at
100%. Listen to the track in its entirety,
November 2007 11
Fig.3: opening two instances of the Windows volume control mixer panel – one for playback and one for recording.
preferably from a comfortable position
in the room’s “sweet spot” and assess
the quality of the sound.
Important: avoid setting the “wave”
level control to greater than about
80% – this is likely to cause overloading (clipping) of the computer’s audio
system.
If your stereo system has a CD
player, it is a good idea to compare the
performance of the two (ie, with the CD
ROM drive in the PC). If you cannot
detect any audible differences between
them, then this is a good sign that the
computer’s audio quality is adequate
(it may also be a good sign that you
have no ear for music, however!).
Now switch back to the computer
and try different tracks and different
CDs. If necessary, “fine-tune” the system with the stereo system’s bass and
treble controls (or equaliser) but avoid
using any more boost or cut than is
absolutely necessary. Do not use any
equalisation facilities (or “effects”)
that may be available on the computer.
Ensure that these are disabled.
Testing the PC’s audio
A number of computer audio per
formance testing programs are available, with RightMark Audio Analyser
(http://audio.rightmark.org/download.
shtml) being the best tested by the
author. This program will test the
playback and recording capabilities
of your PC’s sound system and report
such specifications as frequency response, distortion, hum and noise,
stereo separation and more.
While considerable variations of
performance will be found between
various types of motherboards and
sound cards, you should rely on your
ears to make the final judgement. It is
not much use having a system with
superb specifications if it is not pleasing to listen to (it does happen).
If you are intending to use a laptop
computer for this project, then it is
highly recommended that you evaluate
its performance using a program such
as this. Some laptop computers, even
fairly expensive ones, have relatively
poor audio performance specifications
and hence, poor sound quality.
Treating room acoustics
To measure the overall characteristics of the entire system (or of any
audio system, for that matter), just
follow these simple steps:
(1). Generate a 20Hz to 20kHz sine
Fig.4: setting the format
of a new file in Adobe
Audition. Choose
the mono, 16-bit &
44,100Hz sample rate
options for recording.
12 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
wave sweep <at> -6dB of approximately
1-minute duration (you do this using
the “Generate Tones” function in
Adobe Audition).
(2). While playing the file at medium/
high volume through the stereo system, listen carefully to the room (not
the speakers). Record the results using
a microphone placed roughly in the
centre of the room.
In most cases quite a few rattles,
buzzes and assorted resonances will
make themselves annoyingly apparent
at certain bass frequencies. Loose wall
panels, windows, hanging pictures
and various standalone appliance
panels are usually the worst offenders, followed by such items as glasses
and other objects on shelves, and even
pens on a table.
Removing these resonances will
greatly improve the sound quality (or
“resolution”) of the system. As with
any audio system, the subject of room
resonances is not to be treated lightly if
the very best results are to be obtained
(in fact, the best place for recording is
outdoors but this is rarely convenient).
One big problem is the standing-wave
bass resonances present in any room.
The room’s dimensions determine
these frequencies. To learn more, see
http://www.silcom.com/~aludwig/
Room_acoustics.html
In most cases, the effects of these
resonances can be minimised by
thoughtful equalisation.
Higher frequency resonances are
also a problem. These are due to sound
reflections from nearby objects which
cause destructive interference. The
more soft furnishings present in the
room, the more these resonances will
be attenuated.
Fig.5: an example of a track recorded at an optimum level. The waveform peaks
should not exceed the -3dB levels shown on the righthand scale.
Recording the instrument
The purpose here is to successfully
record the performer’s instrument
and play it back with good fidelity.
First, ensure that you have access to
the microphone level control on your
computer’s volume control panel. If
you cannot see it, go to “Options”, then
“Properties” and select “Microphone”
(Fig.2). Do this for both the recording
and playback modes.
The mode is again set using “Options”, “Properties” and then selecting either “Playback” or “Recording”
(Fig.2). If other options such as “surround”, “3D depth”, “subwoofer”, etc
are present, disable them to keep the
control mixer panel simple.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6: an example of a recorded instrument track complete with time markers.
These timing reference points are used later on in order to synchronise the
recorded tracks for mixing.
Now place the microphone in its
intended position, preferably not too
close to the speakers. That done, open
two instances of the computer’s volume control panel, one for playback
mode and one for recording mode –
see Fig.3.
Next, ensure that the main playback
level control is set to zero, then set the
microphone recording level to around
50%. When these settings are correct,
open the Adobe Audition program
and open a new file (mono, 16-bit,
44,100Hz) for recording – see Fig.4.
Now press the record button and
have your assistant start playing approximately 30cm from the microphone. Watch the resulting waveform
and adjust the microphone recording
level so that the average level of the
November 2007 13
waveform is as high as possible without the peaks exceeding -3dB. Fig.5
is a good example of a track that has
been correctly recorded. As shown, the
peaks do not exceed this value.
Note: ensure that the level scale on
the righthand side of the window is in
decibels. This is done by right clicking
the scale and selecting “decibels”.
If the recorded level exceeds -3dB
at any time, stop and start again with
14 Silicon Chip
a slightly reduced recording level.
Let it record for about 30 seconds and
then stop.
Now set the microphone playback
level to around 80% and play back the
recorded track. Set the main playback
level control for a subjective loudness
level similar to the original instrument’s volume. The objective here is
to obtain a crisp, clear reproduction
of the original with (ideally) no de-
tectable distortion, background noise
or hum.
At this point, it is necessary to make
it a habit to lead in any recording you
do with a “1-2-3-4” (depending on
the beat of the music). Use something
that creates a sharp, short pulse in
the recorded waveform as shown in
Fig.6 (the author uses a pencil on the
edge of a wooden table). This is very
important, as later on you will need
siliconchip.com.au
A lot depends on the quality of
the microphone and the author
uses the Logitech unit shown here.
Although relatively inexpensive, it
has a fairly flat frequency response
and quite good sensitivity.
success is when the performer likes
what they hear.
Gain structure
Fig.7 left & above: these are the
windows required for ease of
control in duplex mode. This
involves opening two instances
of Adobe Audition & setting
one for playback and the other
for recording. The playback &
recording volume control panels
must also be opened.
these timing reference points in your
waveforms in order to synchronise
them for mixing.
Recording the voice
The purpose of this stage is to successfully record and play back the
singer’s voice, again with good fidelity.
Repeat the steps described above in
“Recording the instrument”.
A word of warning – advise the
vocalist not to sing directly into the
microphone as this can create “woofing” and “whooshing” artefacts that
sound terrible and are impossible
to edit out later. With practice, you
should be able to record the performer’s voice and play back a faithful
replica at will.
Again, review each recording attempt in its entirety and only continue
to the next stage when you have a
satisfactory result. One indicator of
siliconchip.com.au
The signal chain between the performer and the listener’s ear consists
of a number of stages, each of which
has an effect on the overall gain (or
amplification) of the system. Aside
from the numerous volume controls,
you must deal with and the original
loudness levels of both the instrument
and the voice, the distance between
the microphone and the performer is
another factor affecting gain.
It may take some practice to establish the correct level settings for each
stage. The configuration of these settings is collectively referred to as the
“gain structure” of the system. This is
a subject of tremendous importance
in sound engineering. There exist any
number of combinations of settings
that will result in the same apparent
loudness but obtaining the best sound
quality depends on finding the optimum settings for each control.
If, for instance, the microphone level
is set too high, then distortion will
result from overloading of that stage.
Reducing the volume somewhere else
cannot compensate for this. Do not
move on to the next stage until you feel
confident about the preceding stages.
To learn more about gain structure, see
http://www.mmproductions.co.uk/
gain1.html
Duplex operation
We will now learn how to perform
playback and recording simultaneously. This involves opening two
instances of Adobe Audition and
setting one up for playback and the
other for recording. The playback and
recording volume control panels must
also be opened and the four windows
arranged conveniently on the screen
as shown in Fig.7.
It is necessary to become proficient
Extra Tips & Techniques
(1). A refinement of the duplexing technique described in this project is to
play back the instrument to the performer through headphones and not via
the main system. This eliminates any presence of the instrument track in the
vocal track. Once again, it’s best to let the performer decide which method
they prefer.
(2). If you are experiencing burn speed/audio quality related problems, try
lowering the burn speed when writing to the CD.
(3). Adobe Audition can also be used in 32-bit mode.
November 2007 15
Fig.8: the “multi-track” mode of Adobe Audition 1.0. This gives access to no less than 128 tracks!
in setting up both recording and
playback gain structures, starting both
programs (recording first) and monitoring the process until completion
of the recording. Sometimes, during
a crescendo (a significant increase
in “vocal level”), the waveform will
overload (or “clip”). If this happens,
the recording must be halted and the
levels reset.
Remember that the distance between
the performer and the microphone is
an important factor. Only practice
and patience will yield the optimum
levels, placements and settings.
To perform this stage, open a new
file in the recording instance of Adobe
Audition (Fig.4) and start recording.
Then open the playback instance containing the instrumental track, having
first verified optimum levels.
Setting the marker
In order to set a synchronisation
marker in the voice track, instruct the
16 Silicon Chip
singer to tap the microphone lightly
with a pencil on the last lead-in
marker. The timing precision of this
operation will determine the final
accuracy of time-alignment (synchronisation) when mixing the two tracks
later on.
The vocals should now commence
and be recorded simultaneously with
playback of the instrumental track.
Note that the voice track will also
contain a faint background signal
of the instrumental track. While an
equivalent, higher amplitude copy will
later overlay it, it is suggested that the
instrument playback level be as low as
possible to minimise this effect.
This is usually no problem if the
microphone is not too close to the
speakers and the vocals have been
adjusted to give a good strong recording signal.
At the conclusion, you will have two
files, one of the instrument and one
of the voice, both with accurate and
clearly visible synchronisation markers. Both recorded tracks should be listened to and evaluated, particularly by
the performer. Often the performer will
recognise instances in either or both
tracks where improvements could be
made and ask to re-record them.
Remember that it is difficult for any
performer to accurately perceive how
they sound while they are actually
performing.
Track signal processing
It’s at this point that you may elect
to process the tracks – eg, equalisation, noise reduction, dynamic range
enhancement, reverb and echo, etc.
Adobe Audition is a very powerful
audio editing program, capable of
generating studio-quality results if it
is used competently.
However, it is suggested that a minimum of “special effects” be applied.
Only use those necessary to correct
obvious inadequacies or to add a bit
siliconchip.com.au
of “shine” to the performance (eg, a
small amount of reverb for the singer’s
voice or a slight brightness boost for
the instrument).
If you do choose to edit the tracks, be
sure to first save copies of the original
unedited tracks! While Adobe Audition allows you to “undo”, you can
quickly get lost, especially if you neglect to save and correctly name each
track variation (remember to always
use WAV format).
Synchronisation and mixing
When you are satisfied with the
instrument and voice tracks and know
that they both contain accurate timing
markers, you are then ready to synchronise and mix them. The method
of combining the separate tracks into
one involves copying one track and
“mix-pasting” it into the other track,
positioning the cursor so that the two
are in sync. This is where the lead-in
markers are used.
Fig.6 shows a magnified portion of
the start of the instrument track. First,
position the cursor so that it aligns
with the centre of the last lead-in
marker, then select the track from there
onwards to the end by holding down
the <shift> key and then pressing the
<end> key. Now copy the selection.
Next, go to the other instance of
Adobe Audition and zoom in to the
beginning of the voice track, where
the marker should be clearly visible.
Position the cursor directly in line
with the marker and then select “mixpaste” from the EDIT menu.
After pasting, the resulting file will
be a time-aligned mix of both instrument and voice. Again, it may need
some practice to align the two files,
however if the result is unsatisfactory,
simply hit “UNDO” and try again. It
is usually not necessary to align the
tracks to any greater degree of accuracy
than about one millisecond (1ms).
Now listen to the resulting mix to
determine if the relative volume levels
of the two components are in balance.
If, for example, the voice is too loud,
then simply apply an amplitude reduction to the original file (typically 2dB at
a time) and try another mix. Remember
to save the original file and rename the
amplitude-edited version.
Writing to CD
It is now only necessary to write
the mixed track to a CD and this can
be done using almost any CD-burner
siliconchip.com.au
Frequently Asked Questions
Question: sometimes room resonances are easy to hear but difficult to locate and if
the sweep time is made shorter, they disappear. What to do?
Answer: select a narrow band of frequencies either side of the frequency where the
offending room resonance is being triggered and set Adobe Audition to “Loop Play”.
Question: what do you do if the instrument is not acoustic (ie, electric)?
Answer: use the computer’s “line input” and rig the system so that the performer can
hear the instrument properly while they are playing it.
Question: when I do a sweep, the recorded result looks like a map of the Himalayas!
Is the response of my system really that bad?
Answer: do a number of trials with the microphone in various positions throughout the
room, take the average and only attempt to correct overall response imbalances. Do not
worry too much about individual narrow peaks if they change when the microphone
is moved. These are caused by room reflections and are of little concern. Concentrate
on the most severe frequency anomalies and treat them via suitable equalisation.
Question: is it possible to analyse the finished product for frequency content (ie, do
a frequency histogram of it)?
Answer: yes - select the entire waveform and go to “Frequency Analysis” under “Analyse”. Higher FFT settings will increase the number of samples. (Select “advanced” in
the analysis window to gain access to this).
Question: why this duplex business? Why not just make two tracks and mix them?
Answer: no performer, regardless of skill or ability, can sing a track and play it separately
and maintain perfect timing (unless a metronome is used). The method adopted here
(and found to be popular with musicians) is to record the instrument track first and
then while playing it back, record the performer singing along to it, hence the need
for the two instances of Adobe Audition.
The performer will find it much easier to sing along to the instrumental track than
singing without accompaniment.
Question: I am getting feedback between the microphone and speakers, which I cannot eliminate.
Answer: at no time should you be using the microphone in playback mode through
the speakers. Whether recording or playing, the microphone playback level control
should be set to zero.
program. Ensure that you use a good
quality CD blank, though.
Although there’s some debate over
whether any CD could be “optimised
for audio” (considering that all CDs
store data in digital format), just
choose the type that gives you the
best subjective results. Also make sure
that the burner program is configured
to convert the WAV file to a CDA file
before writing to the CD, otherwise
normal stand-alone CD players will
not be capable of reading it.
A nice touch is to fill in the title,
artist and authoring information section. Even more swish is printing a
label on the CD and making artwork
for the CD cover.
A final evaluation of the overall
tonal balance should be made by
playing the CD on other systems.
Sometimes it may be found that the
entire track could benefit from a touch
of equalisation.
Advanced functions
Adobe Audition has many advanced
functions, including “DeDynamic”
(a DirectX-based algorithm) which
dynamically expands the dynamic
range, effectively eliminating the
cross-modulation problems associated with earlier analog expansion
methods. Applying this transform to
virtually any music track will make it
seem “more alive”.
If you are interested in the more
advanced multi-track capabilities of
Adobe Audition 1.0, switch to multitrack mode (press F12) and you will
have access to 128 tracks (Fig.8). Examine the demonstration multi-track
“ses” file and refer also to the Help
SC
section.
November 2007 17
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
Is this a clever
gimmick or what?
You just plug it
in and it saves
you money . . .
Electricity–
Saving
Box
by Mauro Grassi
This all started out when a reader sent us a link to an item
being offered on eBay. He wanted to know if the claims were
true: could this little device really save money by reducing
the amount of power used by your electrical appliances? Have
Newton, Ohm, Kirchoff, Thevenin et al been wrong all along?
I
t’s called, quite simply, an “Electricity-Saving Box”. You simply
plug it into the power outlet. . .
and whenever you use any electrical/
electronic device on that circuit you
start saving energy (and therefore
money).
But wait, there’s more: it would
protect all the mains powered devices
you used. And if that weren’t enough,
it would even extend those device’s
lives. Wow!
We’d seen (and, we must admit,
dismissed!) such claims before – but
our reader wanted to know if somehow
22 Silicon Chip
the supplier had rewritten the basic
laws of physics. Could the claims
possibly be true?
“Reduce the amount of electricity
used by your appliances”, they said.
“Begins to save you money the second you plug it in” Wow again!
“Save between 10% and 30% of the
energy used depending on device”
“Uses no power itself”
“Prolong the life of your appliances”
Really?
Hmm! Our experience is that if
something sounds too good to be true,
then it invariably is.
Therefore, we were dubious. Skeptical. Downright derisive, if you like.
But hey, the price was only $25.00
including freight from China (where
else, these days, on eBay?). So we hit
the “Buy it Now” button and waited
with bated breath for the magic device to arrive – which, in due course,
it did.
Even before we plugged it in, we
attacked it with our trusty company
screwdriver to see what was inside.
(Oh dear. Have we voided the warranty?)
The truth is, there’s not a great deal
siliconchip.com.au
inside ! Our photos and the circuit
we’ve drawn (Fig.1) show what you
get for your money.
MAINS PLUG
100nF
Fluoro clue
One of the claims on eBay gave us
at least some clue to the theory behind
this product. “To test the device, fluorescent light tubes were used, however,
please bear in mind that appliances
used in the home may be different.”
A fluorescent light is a common
inductive load, as shown in Fig.2.
When power is applied a bimetallic
strip in the starter heats up closing
the switch. When this happens, the
filament at either end of the tube
receive current through an inductor
and eventually the potential difference
reaches a point at which the gas inside
the tube ionises.
At this point, the tube fires and emits
light and the starter opens again. This
state will continue until the power is
turned off.
The large capacitor is not necessary
for its operation (its purpose will be
explained shortly). Sometimes it is
omitted.
Because fluorescent lights are
common inductive loads, this suggested that the product was aimed at
correcting the power factor of your
household.
Let us explain. The “power factor”
of a load is the ratio between the real
power (that which the load can use to
do work, measured in Watts) and the
power that is supplied, also known
as the apparent power (measured in
6.2 µF
390V
330k
15
100µF
Fig.1: there’s not much inside
the Electricity-Saving Box –
LED2
LED1
mainly a capacitor, a varistor
and a power supply to light up a couple of LEDs. The claimed “intelligent
and digital” circuitry (what else could that be but a microcontroller?) was
obviously out to lunch on the day we opened up this can of worms!
volt-amps, or the product of the voltage
and current it consumes). The power
factor is therefore a number between
zero and one since the real power is at
most equal to the apparent power that
is supplied, by conservation of energy.
The further from one the power factor
is, the more power losses are involved
in supplying electricity and transmitting it over the power grid.
Now consider a sinusoidal voltage
waveform. When the current waveform is in phase with the voltage
waveform, the power factor is simply
one. On the other hand, suppose the
voltage waveform is 90° out of phase
with the current waveform, as happens
for an inductive load.
Since power is the product of voltage and current, it will happen that
the power waveform is symmetrical
about the time axis. This means that
the average power, which represents
the real power transferred to the load,
is zero, meaning that the power factor
is also zero. As the phase difference
between the voltage and current waveforms varies between these extremes,
the power factor varies between zero
and one. Fig.3 shows the derivation
of an expression for the power factor
in terms of the phase difference, for
sinusoidal waveforms. The calculations are more complex for other types
of waveforms.
For a pure sine wave, it turns out
that the power factor is the absolute
value of the cosine of the phase difference between the voltage and current
waveforms. Therefore, for an ideal
inductive load, the power factor is
zero, while for an ideal resistive load
the power factor is one.
Now back to Fig.1. The large 6.2mF
capacitor across the mains confirmed
our initial suspicion that it is there to
correct the power factor.
The term “power factor correc-
Hey, we wuz ripped off! This more recent eBay page has exactly the same product, purportedly from Adelaide (but look at
where the seller is located!) for less than $18.00 including postage. The claims are the same, though (we haven’t bored you
with the rest of the page). And the good news is there is now a “2nd Generation” model. Hmmm – wonder what that has in it!
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 23
BALLAST
L1
AC
6-10 F
The derivation of the power factor is as follows.
Suppose we have sinusoidal voltage and current waveforms, which are out of
phase by the angle φ, of amplitudes V0 and I0 respectively.
Hence we may write the instantenous voltage and current as follows:
V (t) = V0 cos(ωt)
FLUORO TUBE
I(t) = I0 cos(ωt + φ) = I0 (cos(ωt) cos(φ) − sin(ωt) sin(φ))
STARTER
Fig 2: a simplified schematic of a
typical fluorescent light, showing
the in-built power factor correcting
capacitor of around 6-10mF. The
ballast inductor (L1) is typically
around 10-15mH. It represents an
inductive load, hence needs power
factor correction.
Let the instantenous apparent power be:
P (t) = V (t)I(t) = V0 I0 cos(ωt)[cos(ωt) cos(φ) − sin(ωt) sin(φ)]
The average real power is therefore:
1
2π
2π
P (t).dt
0
Since:
tion” refers to using a circuit, usually
something as simple as a capacitor in
parallel with the inductive load to correct the phase difference between the
voltage and current waveforms, since
for a capacitor the current leads the
voltage. This is why sometimes you see
a capacitor being used in fluorescent
lights (in fact, in offices and factories
where there are large numbers of fluorescent lights, there will always be a
power-factor-correcting capacitor).
Its purpose is to bring the current
waveform closer into phase with the
voltage waveform, thus increasing the
power factor and minimising power
losses. As can be seen from the schematic we traced out, this is one of the
intentions of this product.
The varistor in parallel with the
mains is meant to provide surge protection, another claim of the manufacturer. The 330kW resistor is used
to discharge the 6.2mF capacitor when
the unit is unplugged. The bridge is
2π
cos2 (ωt).dt = π
0
and:
2π
sin(2ωt).dt = 0
0
It follows that the average real power is equal to:
2π
V0 I0 cos(ωt)
1
P (t).dt =
2π 0
2
Since the RMS voltage is
V0
√
2
and the RMS current is
it follows that the
V0 I0
2 .
The power factor is
average apparent power is the product of these, or:
the ratio of the average real power and the average apparent power, in other
words it is:
V0 I0 cos(ωt).2
= cos(ωt)
V0 I0 .2
Fig 3: This shows a derivation from first principles of the power factor for a
sinusoidal waveform. The power factor of the load turns out to be the cosine of
the phase angle between the voltage and current waveforms.
Here’s the back of
the device showing
the two mains plug
pins (note two, not
three – this circuit
is not referenced
to earth). They
do give you the
3-pin international
adaptor so you
do actually get
something usable
for your money.
Are we being a bit
cynical?
24 Silicon Chip
I0
√
,
2
solely there to rectify the mains, which
is substantially stepped down by the
100nF capacitor, and then used to
drive the two LEDs. Finally, the 15W
resistor limits the current through the
LEDs, which simply light up when
1 power is applied. It should now be
clear that the claim that this device
uses no power is false.
Where’s the microcontroller?
Another dubious claim of the
manufacturer is that this product is
a “new-type intelligent and digital
electricity-saved (sic) device”. This
suggests a microcontroller is being
used, however, a look at the schematic
reveals there is no intelligent or digital
component there.
The more appealing claim of the
siliconchip.com.au
advertising is that this device will
reduce your electricity bill and save
you money. Is this possible?
The short answer is no, this product
will not save you money. The long
answer needs a little explanation.
We need to go back to the concept of
the power factor and what its real significance is. Since electricity suppliers
charge you for Watts (ie real power) but
since they supply voltage and current
(VA), whenever your power factor is
less than unity, there are losses that
you are not strictly paying for, which
the electricity supplier must foot the
bill for.
Hence, in certain cases, they charge
extra whenever the total power factor
is below a certain threshold.
Because fluorescent lights are widespread in large commercial installations, potentially representing large
power losses, most fluorescent lights
now have “power factor correction”
built in, usually in the form of a large
capacitor of around 6 to 10mF, in parallel with the load.
This has the effect of improving the
overall power factor of the light. It is
actually illegal in Australia not to have
these for commercial installations,
and the law is moving to make them
mandatory in households.
For household users, who seem to be
the target audience for this product, we
can say categorically that this product
will not save you any money, against
the claim of the manufacturer. This
is because there is a logical flaw with
this product.
As mentioned previously, the
electricity supplier bills you for real
power, yet provides apparent power.
If this product corrects the power
factor, which is the ratio of these, it
can only save them money, not your
household.
The only conceivable way that it
could save you money is if you are
being charged extra by the electricity
supplier for having a low power factor,
something that does not happen with
domestic users in Australia.
It does happen in industry, however
but this product is not something that
industry would seriously contemplate
using. Much more sophisticated ways
of correcting the power factor exist for
industrial applications, like synchronous motors and banks of switched
capacitors.
To illustrate the effects of the electricity saving box on your electricity
siliconchip.com.au
The large black object at the back of the PC board is the 6.2mF capacitor while
most of the other components are simply a power supply for the two green LEDs
– which don’t show anything, except maybe that it’s plugged in and using power!
bill we conducted a simple experiment. The results suggest that the
Electicity Saving Box does not save
you any power but actually consumes
more power than what it saves, for an
overall net gain in real power consumption and therefore an increase in
the total of your electricity bill.
We used the Energy Meter from our
July 2004 issue, which measures real
power consumption. We measured
the real power consumption of the
electricity saving box to be around
210mW.
Table 1 lists the results of real power
measurements that we made. This
represents the real cost to you. We
measured the power consumption of a
fluorescent light without inbuilt power
factor correction, with and without the
electricity saving box. We then measured a fridge, another inductive load,
in the same conditions. Ten measurements of instantaneous real power were
made at 5-second intervals and the average was taken. We also measured the
real power consumed in one hour for
the fluorescent light, with and without
the electricity saving box.
The fluorescent light, without the
electricity saving box, consumed
96Wh while the figure was slightly
higher at 98Wh with the electricity
saving box. Note that the fluorescent
light we tested does not have a parallel
capacitor to correct its power factor.
Our tests show that your electricity
bill will be slightly higher when using
November 2007 25
Load/Time (minutes)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Average
Fluorescent light
98.35W
98.62W
98.62W
98.71W
98.71W
98.50W
98.50W
98.50W
98.44W
98.44W
98.539W
Fluorescent light
+ Electricity saving box
98.65W
98.86W
98.88W
98.88W
98.78W
98.65W
98.86W
98.88W
98.78W
98.56W
98.778W
Fridge
142.61W 142.59W 142.83W 142.83W 142.34W 142.34W 142.35W 142.35W 141.64W 141.64W 142.352W
Fridge
+ Electricity saving box
143.28W 143.28W 142.91W 143.19W 143.19W 142.33W 142.33W 142.94W 142.94W 142.94W 142.933W
Table 1: the results of measurements of real power we made of two household inductive loads – a two-tube fluorescent
batten and a domestic refrigerator. The table shows measurements of the instantaneous power consumption of the loads
over ten consecutive 5-second intervals while the last column shows the average power consumption in watts. In every
case, the real power consumption using the electricity saving box, representing the actual cost to you, is higher.
the electricity saving box and hence
that the claims of the manufacturer
that this product will save you money
are false.
Given that it is clear that this device
will not save you any money, the next
question is whether it corrects the
power factor.
To answer this, we must look at
the voltage and current waveforms
through a load. We chose to use the
same fluorescent light we used in the
measurements of real power, which
did not have power factor correction
built in. To obtain the current waveform, we measured the voltages at
either end of a resistor and subtracted
the waveforms using the maths function of the scope.
Fig.4 shows a scope grab of the mains
voltage waveform (channel 3) and the
mains current flowing through the
fluorescent light (channel M). Note that
the mains waveform is not a perfect
sinusoid. Rather, it is an approximate
sine wave with flattened peaks and
troughs. This is because there are
other appliances plugged into 1the
Suppose we consider a typical fluorescent light without power factor correction. We think of the load as a resistance in series with an inductor. A typical
value for the series resistance of the inductor is R = 1.8Ω and a typical value
for the inductance is L = 10mH (these we measured using an LCR Analyzer).
It turns out that the expression:
ωL
θ = tan−1
= 60.18◦
R
measures the phase difference in the voltage and current waveforms for this
load, where ω = 2πf where f = 50Hz, the mains frequency.
Now suppose we introduce a capacitor C = 6.2µF in parallel with this load
(which represents a typical fluorescent light).
Then it can be verified that the phase difference in this case will be:
ω(L − ω 2 CL2 − ωCR2 )
′
−1
θ = tan
= 32.34◦
R
The corresponding power factors are the cosines of these angles or:
cos(θ) = 0.497
and
cos(θ′ ) = 0.845
Compare these values with the measured values in Figures 4 and 5.
Fig 6: Theoretical calculation of phase difference between voltage and current
waveforms, and hence power factor, for a typical inductive load with series
resistance with and without a parallel capacitor. This setup roughly applies to
the fluorescent light we used in our tests.
26 Silicon Chip
same household circuit that perturb
the mains waveform.
The RMS voltage is as expected at
241.9V and the frequency is 50Hz. The
current waveform is obtained by subtracting two voltage waveforms across
a 4.4W resistor on the neutral side.
The RMS voltage of the grey trace is
measured to be 3.599V giving an RMS
current of 818mA. The phase difference is shown to be around 59°.
Note that the apparent power is
therefore 0.818x240 = 196 W, roughly
twice that of the measured real power
of 98W. This makes sense because the
power factor is given by the cosine of
the phase difference and this is approximately 0.5.
Fig 5 shows what happens when
the electricity saving box is plugged
in. Again, the mains voltage waveform
and the mains current flowing through
the fluorescent light are shown. In this
case, the phase difference is shown to
be around 37°. The RMS voltage of the
grey trace is measured to be 2.063V
giving an RMS current of 469mA. Note
that the apparent power is therefore
lower at 0.469x240 = 112.6W.
This suggests that the electricity
saving box does indeed correct the
power factor of this load, also apparent from the lower value of the phase
difference. In fact, all this is consistent
with the theory.
Fig 6 shows a calculation of the effect of adding a capacitor C in parallel
with an inductive load L with series
resistance R. The phase difference angles predicted from the equations are
consistent with our measured values.
Conclusion
The Electricity-saving box will not
save you any money. In fact, the opsiliconchip.com.au
They have
arrived!
Fig 4: A scope grab of the mains voltage waveform (in
purple) and the mains current (in grey) flowing through
a fluorescent light (without power factor correction). The
electricity saving box was not used. The RMS voltage is as
expected at 241.9V and the frequency is 50Hz.
Fuel Cells
Off grid power for measurement, transportation,
security and telecommunications industries
Generate electricity without combustion, without sunlight or wind,
without pollution. Fuel cells are small, lightweight and portable, quiet,
have no major moving parts and require no maintenance. They have an
expected operational life exceeding 8000 hours of run time.
5 litre and 10 litre fuel cartridges are available. For example, an off-grid
video camera will operate for up to 8 weeks on a single 10 litre fuel cartridge.
Technical data
Model
Charging capacity
siliconchip.com.au
1600
1600Wh/day
130Ah/day
12V
12V
12V
Nominal Power
25W
50W
65W
Nominal Current
2.1A
4.2A
5.4A
Fuel consumption
1.1 litres per kWh. 1.3 litres per 100Ah
Weight
7.3kg
Batteries
posite is true – it will very slightly increase your electricity
bill. However, it will have some effect on your household’s
overall power factor. While this may benefit your energy
provider, this effect will become negligible whenever many
loads are connected in your household’s power circuit. This
is because the value of the capacitor used (6.2mF) is simply
too small for most households.
This will be especially true when these loads already have
power factor correction. Normally, switchmode supplies
used in computer power supplies and other appliances have
power factor correction, as do many fluorescent lights. In
this case, the electricity saving box will have a negligible
effect on your power factor. Many of the claims made in the
advertising for this product are simply false.
Since it will not save you any money and will have a
negligible effect on your power factor, we see little reason
to purchase this product.
SC
1200
1200Wh/day
100Ah/day
Nominal Voltage *
Dimensions
Fig 5: the mains voltage waveform shown in purple (with
the electricity-saving box installed) and the mains current
flowing through a fluorescent light without power factor
correction is shown in grey.
600
600Wh/day
50Ah/day
*24V available on request
7.5kg
7.6kg
(L x W x H) 435mm x 200mm x 276mm
40 to 200AH recommended
100% availability
Maintenance free and absolutely reliable. Even under extreme climate
conditions it ensures 100% availability of your equipment. This is a
decisive advantage, especially in hard-to-reach areas or with critical
applications such as observation posts.
Fully automatic
Automatic charge control, continuously monitors battery status as it
powers your electrical equipment. If the battery’s voltage sinks below the
level pre-programmed by the user, the fuel cell activates, charges the
battery, and then automatically shuts itself off. And it does so without any
user intervention.
Remote Control
Each fuel cell can be connected by an interface adapter to any RS232
interface and serviced/monitored using a cellphone, laptop or PC from the
office.
Theft Proof
Solar cells need to be placed out in the open where it is difficult to protect
them against theft and vandalism. The compact fuel cell can be integrated
into any standard cabinet or box.
More Power
With the control interface you can operate up to 5 fuel cells in parallel,
giving you a capacity of up to 8000Wh per day.
Siomar Battery Industries
Ph: (08) 9302 5444 Email: mark<at>siomar.com
Contact:
November 2007 27
PIC-Based
Water Tank Level Meter
Pt.1: By JOHN CLARKE
Optional radio telemetry feature lets you remotely
monitor up to 10 tanks & automatically control pumps
Looking for a water tank level meter that’s easy to install? One
that’s accurate but doesn’t need a complicated in-tank sensor? This
PIC-based unit uses a pressure sensor to monitor water level and
it displays tank level at the press of a switch. It can also send its
readings to a base station with an LCD readout via an RF link.
R
AINWATER TANKS are now all
the go! Australia is one of the driest continents on Earth and faced with
ongoing drought conditions, Australians are now rethinking the way water
is managed.
In most parts of the country, dams
have been at their lowest levels since
28 Silicon Chip
construction and many towns and
cities now have some form of water
restrictions. Saving water is vital and
using rainwater tanks to store otherwise wasted rainwater is becoming
commonplace.
One traditional problem with water
tanks is checking how much water is in
them. That’s because they are opaque
and they are made that way to protect
the water from sunlight which would
otherwise promote algae growth.
Trying to look down through the water inlet into the dark interior doesn’t
help much because this is invariably
gauzed over to keep mosquitoes out.
siliconchip.com.au
And although some large concrete
tanks have a manhole, this usually
takes some effort to remove, so it’s
not a convenient way to check the
water level.
Add-on devices
Many ingenious devices have been
developed over the years to show the
water level in tanks. These include
simple passive indicators that use clear
tubing as a sight glass, mechanical
floats and pulleys that move up and
down with the water level, and the
more complex electronic gauges.
Each has its advantages and disadvantages. For example, sight “glass”
systems, although simple, eventually
become impossible to read because of
algae growth and discolouration of the
transparent material due to minerals
in the water. And if the tube is directly
exposed to the sun, it tends to become
brittle.
Similarly, mechanical float and
pulley systems require regular maintenance otherwise they become jammed.
In addition, none of these mechanical gauges easily provide for remote
monitoring.
Electronic gauges are more complex,
require power and are usually more
costly. However, they can provide
features that passive and mechanical
gauges cannot. These features include
reliability, accuracy and the ability
to provide remote monitoring of one
or more tanks at a time. In addition,
provision is often made to include
pump control.
This new Water Tank Level Meter
includes all those features and more.
Basic concept
The SILICON CHIP Water Tank Level
Meter is a versatile unit that can be
built in a number of different configurations. It suits all types of rainwater
tanks, is easy to install and because it
doesn’t rely on mains power, can be
installed just about anywhere.
That last feature is particularly important because mains power is often
not available adjacent to water tanks
and this makes many electronic tank
level meters impractical.
By contrast, the SILICON CHIP Water
Tank Level Meter is powered from a
single AA alkaline or rechargeable cell,
making it independent of the mains.
So it doesn’t matter whether your
tank is attached to the house, located
next to a shed away from the house or
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: in its most basic form, the Water Tank Level Meter is a standalone
unit that sits next to the tank. The water level is sensed using a pressure
sensor connected by a plastic tube.
Fig.2: the telemetry version transmits its reading to a remote Base Station
which can display a range of data. A solar cell panel recharges an internal
NiMH or Nicad battery.
situated half way up a hill to provide
water pressure storage – this unit will
still work.
In its most basic form, this water
level meter can be built as a standalone unit that’s installed adjacent
to a tank. The basic arrangement is
shown in Fig.1.
All you have to do is press a pushbutton switch and a multi-coloured
LED will display the water level.
Water levels are displayed as a colour
sequence, ranging over 10 colours from
white through to violet, to violet/indigo,
indigo, indigo/blue, blue, green, yellow,
orange and red. Red indicates the lower
10% range followed by orange for the
10-20% range and so on up to violet
for an 80-90% level and white for the
90-100% level – see Fig.3.
A single AA alkaline cell provides
power for this basic version of the Water Tank Level Meter. The circuit draws
no power until the pushbutton switch
is pressed to activate the LED display.
Actual cell life depends on usage but
with one water level check per day, the
cell should last for four years.
If you want higher water level resolution and remote monitoring, the unit
can be upgraded to a telemetry unit. In
this case, the tank level is transmitted
to a separate (plugpack-powered) base
station – see Fig.2. Note, however, that
November 2007 29
Main Features
Basic Version
• Powered by a single cell
• Zero power consumption unless displaying the level
• Water level displayed using a 10-colour LED indicator
• Pushbutton initiates the display
• Easy installation using a length of plastic tubing into tank
• Weatherproof housing
Telemetry Version
• Alkaline, NiMH or Nicad cell powered
• Solar cell charging for rechargeable cell
• Pushbutton initiates the 10-colour level display
• Minimal power drawn from cell
• Radio transmission of tank level, temperature and cell voltage
• Up to 10 tanks can be monitored at the base station by using 10 water
level meters
•
Automatic pump control facility (requires Base Station and separate
Pump Control unit)
•
16 encoding selections (prevents interference from a neighbour’s Water
Tank Level Meters)
•
•
Four transmission update selections
•
Easy installation using a length of tubing into the tank for height
measurement
•
Accurate measurement of regularly shaped tanks, including tanks with
corrugated sides
•
Weatherproof IP65 housing (protected from ingress of dust and water)
Update period differs slightly between each tank monitor to minimise
data send clashes
the tank level can still be checked using the LED display.
Base station
The base station shows levels in 1%
increments from 0% through to above
100%. Why show levels above 100%?
Well, most tanks are full when the
water level reaches either the overflow
outlet or the bottom of the inlet strainer
when there is no overflow outlet. This
is the 100% full level.
However, during periods of heavy
rain or when the tank is being filled
using a pump, the tank can overfill. It
is this condition that can be monitored
via the base station readout – ie, up to
110% in level.
Up to 10 tanks can be remotely
monitored using the base station. To do
this, each Water Tank Level Meter (one
30 Silicon Chip
for each tank) uses an inbuilt radio
transmitter to send the data to the base
station. This transmitter operates on
the licence-free LIPD 433MHz band.
The distance over which the data
can be sent depends on the terrain.
Our tests indicate a range of more than
250m in open country but this is reduced if the signal has to pass through
a wall or roof to reach the base station,
especially if there is corrugated iron
in the transmission path.
The data is sent to the base station
once every 16.8s, 33.5s, 67s or 268s
(about 4½ minutes), depending on
the set-up. This rate is selectable and
depends on your installation.
For small tanks, you may want to
choose a fast rate so that the reading updates can keep pace with the
water level as the tank rapidly fills.
The downside of a fast rate is that the
circuit draws more power from the
cell. So while an alkaline cell could
be used to power each Water Tank
Level Meter, the best power option
for the telemetry version is to use a
rechargeable cell, along with a solar
cell to recharge it.
The slowest rate (ie, 268s) can be
used to conserve power and is more
suited for large tanks. It’s also an acceptable update period for most other
installations, where you just want to
know the water level and don’t have
pump control.
Pump control
The base station not only shows water levels but can also independently
control up to 10 electric water pumps.
For example, the base station can be set
up to switch off a given pump when
the tank water drops below a preset
level. This is useful when pumping
out of a tank.
Alternatively, a pump can be switch
ed off if the water rises above a preset
level; eg, when filling a tank. A pump
can also be switched off if the temperature drops below a preset value, to
prevent the pump from running when
the water is frozen.
In addition, the pump control includes brownout protection. We’ll
have more to say about this and pump
control in a later article.
Water Tank Level Meter
Now that we’ve covered the basic
features, let’s go back and take a closer
look at the Water Tank Level Meter.
Basically, you require one of these
meters for each tank. As shown in the
photos, the unit mounts in a weatherproof box with a clear lid to allow
the coloured LED to be seen (for water
level indication). The front panel carries a waterproof switch, while the
plastic tube that is required for tank
level measurement enters the box via
a waterproof cable gland.
Unlike the basic version, the tele
metry version uses a rechargeable cell
and this is recharged by a separate
solar cell panel during daylight hours.
The leads from the solar panel enter
through a waterproof cable gland on
the bottom of the box.
Measurement techniques
Just about every water tank level
meter on the market measures water
height within the tank. They do not
siliconchip.com.au
Another method involves using an
ultrasonic sensor to measure the distance from the top of the tank to the
surface of the water. However, ultrasonic transducers require more power
than we care to draw from an AA cell
and the measurement is unreliable
while the tank is filling.
Why is it unreliable? Well, as the
water enters the tank inlet, the droplets
scatter the ultrasonic signal and the
measurement is lost. We published
an ultrasonic level meter in the April
1994 issue.
Pressure sensor
Fig.3: the water level in the basic
version is displayed using a
10-colour sequence, ranging from
red (0-10%) to white (90-100%).
These colours are generated by a
tri-colour LED.
measure water volume because that is
difficult to do and because it is usually
unnecessary.
If the tank is a regular shape with
nominally straight sides and with the
same shape and area at any horizontal cross section, then the water level
gives a direct indication of water volume. By contrast, irregularly-shaped
tanks such as those that have large
indentations or are moulded to fit into
an available space are not suited to
accurate level measurement.
Tanks that taper slightly (in the vertical direction) due to the use of thicker
material towards the base do not alter
the accuracy markedly. Similarly, corrugations have only a small effect on
accuracy, although this gets worse at
very low water levels and where the
tank diameter is small compared to the
corrugation depth. In general though,
the small non-linearity of volume with
height does not matter.
There are several electronic techniques that are used to measure water
level in a tank. One method is to use
an in-tank sensor with a series of
vertically-spaced metal contacts. As
the water rises, current flows through
each successive contact (because water
is a good conductor) and the associated
electronic circuit displays the level.
The resolution of this type of meter
depends on the number of vertical
contacts. This type of water level meter
was described in the April 2002 and
July 2007 issues of SILICON CHIP (five
levels and 10 levels respectively).
siliconchip.com.au
Unlike our previous designs, the
Water Tank Level Meter described
here uses a pressure sensor to measure
water height. This is a very simple
method that provides excellent accuracy and is easy to install – all you
have to do is connect the free end of
a hose to the pressure sensor and feed
the other end of the hose into a tank.
The technique relies on the fact
that water pressure increases with
increasing depth. For water, the pressure increases by 9.8kPa per metre
and so there is approximately an extra
atmosphere (1013hPa or 101.3kPa) of
pressure for every 10.3m of depth.
Refer now to Fig.4. As shown in
Fig.4a, if the free end of the hose is
left open, the hose will fill to the same
level as the water in the tank.
However, if we first connect the free
end to a pressure sensor and then place
the hose in the tank, the water will still
rise inside the tube but not to the water
tank level (see Fig.4b). That’s because
it pressurises the air trapped inside the
tube. In fact, the water level within
the tube stabilises when the pressure
inside the tube equals the water pressure at the bottom of the tube.
Fig.4c shows what happens if the
water level drops below the bottom of
the tube. In this case, the reading will
be zero, since both inlet ports on the
sensor are at atmospheric pressure (ie,
the unit is calibrated to measure zero
pressure when there is no water in the
tank, with the pressure then progressively rising as the water level rises).
One problem with this scheme is
that the tube will not stay down of its
own accord but will float due to the
air trapped inside it. Fortunately, that’s
easy to overcome by tying it to a length
of PVC pipe. Alternatively, it can be
tied down using a weight.
Another problem concerns the effect
Fig.4a: if the free end of the tube (or
hose) is left open, the tube fills to the
same level as the tank.
Fig.4b: if one end of the tube is
connected to a pressure sensor, the
water pressurises the air in the tube.
Fig.4c: if the water level drops below
the bottom of the tube, the reading
will be zero since both sensor ports
are at atmospheric pressure.
November 2007 31
Fig.5: this cross-section diagram shows the internal structure of the MPX2010DP pressure sensor. The strain gauge varies its resistance according to
the applied load. Note that there are two port openings (P1 & P2).
Fig.6: the basic circuit for the step-up switching regulator. Transistor Q1
is repeatedly switched on and off by the control circuit. When it is on, the
current builds up through L1 and when it switches off, the energy stored in
L1 is transferred to the load.
of temperature variations on the air
pressure inside the tube. For example,
if the sun heats the tube, the air inside
it will expand and displace some of
the water out of the tube.
In practice, this pressure variation
is compensated for by measuring
the temperature and modifying the
measurement accordingly. We can
also minimise this pressure variation
by making sure the length of tubing
outside the tank is short compared to
the overall length and by keeping the
part that is exposed out of the sun.
Another problem that must be taken
care of is the effect of atmospheric
pressure variations. As shown in
Fig.4, the atmosphere presses down
onto the water and so the water level
readings could vary markedly as the
atmospheric air pressure changes.
The solution to this problem is
simply to use a differential pressure
sensor. This type of sensor is vented to
the atmosphere, and so this variation
32 Silicon Chip
is removed from the measurement.
In order to explain how the sensor
ignores the atmospheric air pressure,
let’s take a look at its internal construction – see Fig.5.
The sensor used here is the MPX
2010DP from Freescale Semiconductor. Note that “RTV die bond” stands
for “Room Temperature Vulcanising”
bonding. In other words, silicone glue
is used to bond the strain gauge die to
the epoxy casing and is cured at room
temperature.
Inside the sensor is a strain gauge
that varies its resistance according to
the applied load – ie, the air pressure
exerted on the gauge. Note that there
are two port openings to the strain
gauge. One is on the top side and is
designated port1 (P1), while the other
is on the lower side and is designated
Port 2 (P2).
If the same pressure is applied to
both P1 and P2 then the strain gauge
does not flex. However, if one port
has more pressure than the other, the
strain gauge bends and its resistance
changes.
This particular sensor is called a
differential type because it measures
the difference in pressure between the
two ports – ie, its output only changes
when the pressure difference between
the two ports changes.
The MPX2010DP is designed for the
pressure at port 1 to be greater than or
equal to the pressure at port 2. In addition, port 1 has a silicone gel protective
layer to prevent moisture affecting the
strain gauge element. This makes the
sensor ideal for water level measurement, as the silicone barrier keeps
the sensor free of the water vapour
that results from condensation in the
measuring tube.
By contrast, Port 2 is vented to the
atmosphere, to balance the air pressure on both sides of the strain gauge
element.
This sensor is specified for a 0-10kPa
pressure range, with a maximum differential pressure of 75kPa. Using it
above the 10kPa level degrades the
linearity due to internal self-heating
of the sensor. However, this limit is
specified when running the sensor
from a 10V supply. Since we are using a 5V supply, the self-heating will
be considerably lower and so we can
easily exert more pressure than 10kPa
without loss of linearity.
When connected to measure water
level, each metre of water adds 9.8kPa
of pressure to the sensor. Most water
tanks are equal to or less than about
2.2m in height because they are designed to fill from the rainwater guttering of a house. This means that, for
a 2.2m tank, the maximum pressure
applied to the sensor will be about
22kPa maximum. This is well below
the 75kPa maximum allowable for
the sensor.
The strain gauge element is temperature compensated within the sensor
by connecting it in a balanced bridge
arrangement and by laser trimming
the elements during manufacture. In
practice, the sensor is compensated
over a 0-85°C range but can be operated
from -40°C to +125°C.
Circuit details
As stated previously, the unit is
powered from a single cell – either
a 1.5V rail from a standard alkaline
cell or a 1.25V rail from an NiMH (or
Nicad) rechargeable cell. This voltage
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: this is the circuit for the basic version of the Water Tank Level Meter. The differential outputs from the pressure
sensor at pins 2 & 4 are buffered and amplified by op amps IC2a-IC2d and then fed to inputs AN2 & AN3 (pins 1 & 2)
of a PIC18F88-I/P microcontroller (IC3). IC3 processes the data and drives a tri-colour LED at RA0, RA6 &RA7.
needs to be stepped up to 5V to run
the microcontroller (IC1) and its associated circuitry
This voltage step-up is performed
using a TL499A switching regulator
(IC1), transistor Q1, inductor L1, a
series diode (D1) and output filter
capacitor C1. Fig.6 shows the details.
The circuit works like this: initially
transistor Q1 is switched on and the
current through inductor L1 builds
up until it reaches a preset value, as
set by the resistor connected to pin
4 of IC1. At that point, the transistor
switches off and the energy stored in
L1 is delivered to the load and to output capacitor C1 via the series diode
(DIODE1). This process then repeats,
with the transistor switching on again
siliconchip.com.au
and recharging L1, then switching off
again and transferring the charge in
L1 to the load.
A voltage divider consisting of resistors R1 & R2 reduces the output level,
while Q1’s switching is controlled so
as to maintain 1.26V at pin 2. Basically,
the voltage divider values of 29.68kW
and 10kW divide the output by 3.97 so
the output will be at 5V when there is
1.26V at pin 2. Should the voltage rise
slightly above 5V, transistor Q1 stops
switching until the voltage falls slightly below the 5V level. Conversely, if
the output voltage falls below 5V, the
transistor switches on and off at a fast
rate to increase the voltage.
Note that the 1.26V at pin 2 (necessary to maintain regulation) is only a
nominal value and could in fact be
anywhere between 1.2-1.32V, depending on the particular IC. As a result,
resistor R1 needs to be adjustable so
that the output voltage can be set precisely to +5V.
Refer now to Fig.7 for the circuit
details of the Water Tank Level Meter
(Basic Version).
As shown, power from the 1.5V cell
is applied to pin 3 of step-up converter
IC1 via switch S1. Diode D1 provides
reverse polarity protection if the cell
is inserted incorrectly, while a 470mF
low-ESR capacitor bypasses the supply. This capacitor provides the necessary transient current for the inductor
when Q1 switches on.
If the cell is connected the wrong
November 2007 33
The Base Station goes with the Telemetry Version of the
level meter and can display a range of data, including
individual levels for up to 10 tanks & pump control setup. It will be described next month.
way around, D1 conducts heavily
and limits the reverse voltage at pin 3
and across the 470mF capacitor to less
than 1V. In addition, many single cell
holders are designed to prevent the cell
from making contact with the positive
contact if it is inserted incorrectly.
Power is drawn from the 1.5V cell
only when switch S1 is pressed. This
means that the cell should last for
several years before it requires changing, depending on the amount of use.
The current consumption from the
cell when the switch is pressed with
one or two LEDs alight is typically
around 32mA.
IC1’s output voltage appears at pin
8 and is sampled via trimpot VR1 and
a 10kW resistor. This sampled voltage
is then applied to pin 2.
In practice, VR1 is adjusted so that
the output is exactly +5V. A 100nF ceramic capacitor and a low-ESR 220mF
capacitor filter this supply rail which
is then fed to pin 14 of microcontroller
IC3. The +5V rail is also connected to
the emitter of transistor Q1 (BC327).
When power is applied to IC3, its internal software program starts running.
Initially, transistor Q1 is switched
off because IC3’s RA4 output (which
drives the base via a 1kW resistor) is
held at +5V.
34 Silicon Chip
As a result, no power is applied to
either the pressure sensor (Sensor1)
or IC2. However, after a short period
to allow the +5V rail to stabilise, RA4
goes low and Q1 switches on. Sensor1
and IC2 are then powered up and begin
operating.
Differential outputs
As shown in Fig.7, Sensor1 has
differential outputs at pins 2 & 4. If
the same pressure is applied to both
ports, the voltages at pins 2 & 4 are
nominally the same, at half supply
voltage or 2.5V. However, if the pressure at port 1 is higher that at port 2, the
voltage at pin 2 rises and the voltage
at pin 4 falls. This change in voltage
is actually quite small, amounting to
around 12.5mV for a 10kPa pressure
difference when the sensor is powered
from a 5V rail.
The sensor’s differential output signals at pins 2 & 4 are fed to op amps
IC2a & IC2b respectively. These are
each set up as non-inverting amplifiers with 22kW feedback resistors and
with a 1kW trimpot (VR2) connected
between their inverting inputs. The
10nF capacitors across the 22kW resistors, filter the signal by rolling off the
high-frequency response.
The outputs from IC2a & IC2b ap-
pear at pins 1 & 7 respectively and
are summed in unity gain differential
amplifier IC2c. Basically, IC2c acts as a
voltage follower for the positive-going
signals from IC2a and as an inverter for
the negative-going signals from IC2b.
As a result, the signal voltage excursions from IC2a & IC2b are effectively
added together. The overall gain is 1
+ (22kW x 2/VR2).
Buffer stage
IC2d is wired as a buffer stage and
applies an offset voltage to the noninverting input of IC2c (pin 10) via a
1kW resistor. It obtains its reference
voltage via a voltage divider from the
+5V supply and this divider comprises
trimpot VR3 and a 22kW resistor.
In practice, VR3 is adjusted so that
IC2c’s pin 14 output sits at 1V when
the sensor has no pressure difference between the two inlet ports. By
contrast, trimpot VR2 is adjusted to
provide 3V at IC2c’s pin 8 output when
the sensor is measuring a full tank.
As a result, IC2c has a 2V range – ie,
from 1-3V for a zero to full tank level
measurement.
If the tank being monitored is 1m
high, the sensor output will provide
a 12.5mV signal when the tank is full.
In this case, the signal must be amplisiliconchip.com.au
fied by 160 to produce the required 2V
swing and that means that VR2 would
be set to 277W.
VR2’s practical range from 1kW
down to about 100W easily provides for
tanks ranging in height from 3m down
to 360mm. However, in the unlikely
event that a tank is less than 360mm
high, a 200W trimpot should be used
for VR2 instead of the 1kW value specified on the circuit. This will allow the
trimpot to be set below 100W without
being too near its adjustment limit.
The reason we restrict IC2c’s output
to between 1-3V is so that the LM324
op amp can operate correctly within
its output range. Typically, an LM324
can easily provide an output from
1-3V when powered from a 5V rail but
it cannot provide a 0-5V output.
Microcontroller
IC2c’s output at pin 8 is applied
to the AN3 input (pin 2) of IC3, a
PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller. Note,
however, that the 5V supply is applied
to the sensor and to IC2 for about 64ms
before the voltage at AN3 is measured.
In operation, IC3 converts this applied
voltage to a 10-bit digital value and this
is then calculated as a percentage, with
a 1V reading converted to 0% and a 3V
reading converted to 100%. The 100%
to 110% range covers input voltages
between 3V and 3.2V.
The resulting percentage level is then
used to determine what colour should
be produced by the tri-colour (RGB)
LED. This device basically includes
separate red, green and blue LEDs and
these are driven by the RA0, RA7 & RA6
outputs via 1kW resistors.
When all the LEDs in the package
are powered, the LED colours mix to
show white. If only two or one LED
is lit, a different colour results. For
example, to produce violet, the red
and blue LEDs are lit. Similarly, yellow
is displayed when the red and green
LEDs are lit.
We can also obtain a range of inbetween colours by reducing the
light output of one of the LEDs. This
is achieved by switching the LED on
and off using a fast equal duty cycle
waveform, so that it doesn’t appear to
flicker. For example to obtain orange,
we switch the red LED on continuously while the green LED is rapidly
switched on and off.
In practice, when switch S1 is
momentarily pressed, the LED colour
display comes on for about 2s to show
siliconchip.com.au
Specifications
Water Level Indication: White 90-100%, Violet 80-90%, violet/indigo
70-80%, indigo 60-70%, indigo/blue 50-60%, blue 40-50%, green 30-40%,
yellow 20-30%, orange 10-20%, red 0-10%
Current – Basic Unit: 32mA typical when displaying level; 0mA when off.
Current – Telemetry Version: standby current drawn from 1.25V cell =
1mA; awake current during each start-up for 220ms = 24mA; average
current = 314mA for 16.8s update; 157mA for 33.5s update; 79mA for 67s
update; and 19mA for 268s update. Add an extra 8mA over 2s when one or
two LEDs are lit
Solar cell charge current in winter time and in full sunlight: typically
30mA
Data transmission duration: 146ms
Transmission repeat: approximately 16.8s for encode 0-3, 33.5s for encode set at 4-7, 67 seconds for encode set at 8-B and 268s for C-F.
Transmit range: over 250m
the water level and then switches off
again. At the same time, IC3’s RA4
output goes high and switches off
transistor Q1 to disconnect power
to the pressure sensor and IC2. This
conserves power should the switch be
pressed longer than required.
The 2.2kW resistor at pin 18 (AN1)
of IC3 ties this input to pin 3 of IC1
so that it is not left floating (this input
is used in the telemetry version to
measure cell voltage).
Temperature sensing
The AN2 input (pin 1) monitors the
temperature via an LM335Z temperature sensor (Sensor2). This produces
a nominal output of 10mV/°C but
with an offset of 2.73V at 0°C and is
linear with temperature changes. The
water level reading is then compensated for according to the measured
temperature.
Trimpot VR4 is used to calibrate
the sensor for 2.73V at 0°C or 2.98V
at 25°C by altering the voltage at the
ADJ terminal.
Clock signals for IC3 are provided by
an internal oscillator that’s set to run
at 8MHz. Among other things, it runs
the internal program at a constant rate
to perform the A/D conversion and to
drive the RGB LED for the set period.
Telemetry version
The telemetry version of the Water
Tank Level Meter is almost the same
as the standard version but adds a few
extra parts, including a 433MHz transmitter and two rotary BCD switches.
In addition, the power supply arrangement is slightly different.
As previously mentioned, this version is powered from a rechargeable
NiMH (or NiCd) cell. This cell is in
turn charged from a solar cell array
via Schottky diode D2. This diode is
required to stop the solar cell from
discharging the NiMH cell when there
is no sunlight.
In case you are wondering, you
could still use an alkaline cell to power
the unit and do away with the solar
cell charger. However, the cell would
require changing every two months.
Another alternative is to run the circuit from a mains plugpack. In this case,
an NiMH (or Nicad) cell must be used
and this is recharged from the plugpack.
In addition, diode D2 must be replaced
with a 1kW 0.25W resistor.
Other supply changes to the circuit
include moving S1 so that it now connects across transistor Q1. S1’s previous position is now replaced by link
LK1, which means that power is now
continuously applied to step-up converter IC1 which in turn permanently
powers the microcontroller (IC3).
Saving power
To conserve power, IC3 is normally
in a sleep mode; ie, its internal oscillator is stopped, its A/D converter is
off and the program is halted. In this
mode, IC3 typically draws just 11mA.
During this period, a watchdog
timer is left running (more about this
timer soon) and the RA4 output is set
high so that transistor Q1 is off. As a
November 2007 35
➊ ➋
➏
➌
1. Tri-colour LED
➍
2. 433MHz transmitter
3. Encode/update switch
4. Tank select switch
➎
5. Pressure sensor
6. NiMH or NiCd cell
Here’s a preview inside the Water Tank Level Meter. This unit has the extra parts required for the Telemetry Version
(ie, the BCD switches & the 433MHz transmitter module). The pressure sensor is at bottom right although the author
now recommends that it be mounted off the PC board (see Pt.2 next month).
result, there is normally no supply to
Sensor1, ICs2a-2d, the 433MHz transmitter and all those other components
that derive their supply from the +5V
switched rail.
We have also minimised the current
drain due to BCD switches BCD1 and
BCD2. These switches can connect
any of their ‘1’, ‘2’, ‘4’ or ‘8’ inputs to
the common pin (C), depending on the
switch setting.
These inputs are usually tied to +5V
via internal pull-up resistors (typically
20kW) at the RB0-RB2 inputs for BCD1
and the RB3-RB6 inputs for BCD2.
The RA5 input for BCD1 is pulled to
+5V using an external 100kW resistor.
The 1kW resistor between BCD1 and
RA5 is necessary because this input is
susceptible to currents that flow into or
out of the pin when voltages go above
or below the supply (these currents
can reset IC3).
Normally, if IC3 is to determine
which settings are selected for the BCD
switches, their common (C) connections must be at ground level so any
closed switch will pull the normally
high input to ground. However, this
would cause extra current flow because
36 Silicon Chip
the corresponding pull-up resistors
would be connected across the 5V
supply and thus drawing up to 250mA
extra current for each closed switch.
To prevent this current, we have
connected the common pins to the
RA4 output of IC3 instead. This out
put is high at +5V when the micro
controller is in sleep mode and so
whether a switch is closed or not, the
BCD switches will not add to power
consumption. The RA4 output subsequently goes low when IC3 is awake
to allow the switches to be read.
This also means that the switchmode step-up circuit comprising IC1
and its associated components does
not need to supply much current to IC3
when it is in sleep mode. As a result,
IC1 charges L1 for just 28ms once every
6ms and this is just enough to maintain
the 5V supply. By contrast, when the
supply is required to deliver current
to the whole circuit, L1 is charged for
28ms every 150ms.
Reawakening IC3
IC3 will “wake up” on any one of
two events. The main event is when
the watchdog timer times out and
wakes IC3 from its sleep. In this case,
the oscillator starts up and the internal
program starts running.
Basically, the watchdog timer will
timeout every 16.8s, 33.5s, 67s or
268s, depending on the switch selection for BCD2. The period between
“wake-ups” is basically the update
period – each time IC3 wakes up, the
water tank level is measured and the
data transmitted to the base station.
After sending this data, the microcontroller then returns to its sleep mode
to conserve power.
Note that a watchdog wake-up does
not light the tri-colour RGB LED and
this is again done to conserve power.
In order to light the RGB LED for
a tank level display, switch S1 (now
in parallel with Q1) must be pressed.
In addition, IC3 needs to be woken
from its sleep independently from
the watchdog timer through a different process.
Note that, during the sleep mode,
the AN1 (pin 18) and AN2 (pin1)
inputs of IC3 are set to connect to a
comparator within IC3. The AN1 input
is at the cell voltage (1.2V), while the
AN2 input is at 0V because transissiliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 37
Fig.8: the Telemetry Version is similar to the Basic Version but adds in a couple of BCD switches and a 433MHz data transmitter module. The BCD
switches allow tank selection and set the data update periods.
➊
➋
This larger than life-size view shows
the 433MHz transmitter module (1)
and the tri-colour LED (2) mounted
at one end of the PC board. The LED
colour indicates the water level.
tor Q1 is off. As a result, the output
of the internal comparator is low
because the pin 18 inverting input of
the comparator is higher than the pin
1 non-inverting input.
That leads us to the second way of
waking up IC3 – by manually pressing
switch S1 and forcing the comparator
output to go high. It works as follows.
When S1 is pressed, it bypasses Q1
and supplies power to the temperature
sensor (Sensor2) via a 1.8kW resistor.
With power applied, Sensor2 will now
have at least 2.5V across it and the
comparator’s pin 1 input (AN2) will
now be greater than the 1.2V from
the cell.
As a result, the comparator output
goes high and this wakes up IC3. And
when that happens, the processor
maintains power to the sensors and
the 433MHz transmitter by bringing its
RA4 output low to turn on Q1.
Regardless as to how it wakes up
(ie, either via the watchdog timer or
by pressing S1), IC3 measures the
temperature, cell voltage and tank
level. It then transmits this data via a
433MHz transmitter module which is
connected to pin 13 (RB7). At the same
time, the tri-colour LED also lights for
about 2s to show the tank level.
Note that before measuring the
temperature and cell voltages, IC3
changes its AN1 and AN2 ports to digital inputs. This allows IC3 to measure
the cell voltage at pin 18 via a 2.2kW
resistor and 100nF filter capacitor and
to monitor the temperature at pin 1.
As with the basic version, the temp
erature is monitored using an LM335Z
temperature sensor. This part of the
circuit works as before.
At the AN2 input, the temperature
sensor voltage is converted to a 10-bit
38 Silicon Chip
digital value. This is then converted to
°C by the software and the digital data
transmitted to the base station where
it is displayed on the LCD panel. The
temperature can be displayed from
-99°C to 100°C.
Note that the temperature reading
can used to switch off a pump should
the temperature drop below a preset
point. This is done via the base station
and a separate pump control circuit to
be described.
Cell voltage
The cell voltage is measured at the
AN1 input. This input converts the
voltage to a 10-bit digital value which
is again transmitted to the Base Station
for display.
The displayed voltage is a good indicator of battery charge. A cell voltage
that is 1.15V or less has a small “x”
located at the top left corner before the
“1” in the display reading, to indicate
a possible problem with the cell.
Typically, a fully-charged NiMH cell
will show more that 1.25V on the Base
Station display.
BCD switches
Switch BCD1 is designated the
“Tank” switch. This switch can be
set to any number from 1-9 or to 0,
the number selected representing the
tank number.
This means that if you have two Water Tank Level Meters (to monitor two
tanks), you would set one as Tank 1 and
the other as Tank 2. That way, the base
station knows which tank is which.
The base station has a display option that shows all the selected tanks
and their levels as a bargraph on the
one display. The order of the display
is 1, 2, 3, etc up to 9 and then 0. The
0 tank is placed at the end because
not too many people start counting
tanks from 0!
The encode switch (BCD2) has two
functions, one of which is to prevent
any neighbouring tank level meters
from sending data to your base station.
Thus, when a water tank level meter
transmits its data to the base station, it
also sends the encode selection. The
Base Station must also have the same
encode selection programmed in to
accept the data. This means that if a
neighbour’s tank levels are displayed
on your base station (unlikely), then it
is time to change the encode selection.
Note, however, that if you have
several water tank level meters, these
must all have the same setting for
BCD2 and this must be identical to the
Base Station encode switch.
The encode switch also alters the
period between each data transmission of the tank level. If you have the
encode switch set to 0, 1, 2 or 3, then
the update period is 16.8s. Encode
switch settings of 4-7 give a 33.5s update; settings between 8 and B give a
67s update; and settings from C to F
268s, or about 4.5 minutes.
The selection you choose depends
on the size of the tank to some extent
and the number of tanks being monitored. The fewer the tanks, the faster
the update periods can be. A slower
update rate avoids data clashes.
Minimising data clashes
Data clashes occur when one tank
transmits its data during the same
time period as another. This will cause
incorrect data reception at the Base
Station and the data will be rejected.
The more tanks that are monitored
the greater the likelihood of clashes.
So we need to minimise these clashes
or the data at the Base Station will not
be updated very often.
Data clashes will be worse if each
tank has exactly the same update period. For this reason, the tank selection
switch BCD1 also alters the update
rate slightly between selections. The
change is not great and overall is of
the order of ±12% but that’s enough to
cause any data clashes between tanks
to quickly drift apart. In addition, the
encode selections at BCD2 also alter
the watchdog timer oscillator by a
small amount (this is additional to the
widely-spaced update values of 16.7s,
33.5s, 67s & 268s).
As noted, clashes cause incorrect
data to be received at the Base Station,
so we need to ensure that the Base
Station does not accept this incorrect
data. As a result, several safeguards
are included to ensure the that only
the correct data is processed and
displayed.
First, we send a start locking code
that locks the base station receiver to
the transmitter frequency. As a result,
data from another water tank meter
will be a different rate and so will
not lock.
Second, the water tank level data
and temperature data are sent twice
and the base station checks if the data
is the same for both transmissions before it accepts it as valid. In addition,
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
Basic unit
1 PC board, code 04111071, 104
x 79mm
1 IP65 sealed polycarbonate
enclosure with clear lid, 115 x
90 x 55mm (Jaycar HB-6246
or equivalent)
1 MPX2010DP Freescale Semiconductor 0-10kPa differential
temperature compensated
pressure sensor (Jaycar ZD1904 or equivalent) (Sensor1)
1 SPST waterproof momentary
switch (Jaycar SP-0732 or
equivalent) (S1)
1 18 x 8 x 6.5mm iron-powdered
core (Jaycar LO-1242 or
equivalent) (L1)
1 3-6.5mm diameter IP68 waterproof cable gland
1 AA cell – see text
1 AA cell holder (Jaycar PH-9203
or equivalent)
1 2-way pin header with 2.54mm
spacing
1 18-pin DIL IC socket
1 4-way SIL socket (made from a
cut down DIP8 socket)
2 M3 x 15mm screws
2 M3 nuts
2 No.4 x 6mm self-tapping screws
10 PC stakes
1 1.5m length of 0.5mm enamelled copper wire
1 150mm length of medium-duty
hookup wire
1 270mm length of 0.8mm tinned
copper wire
2 100mm cable ties
1 length of 3mm ID clear vinyl
tube (length to suit water tank
depth and installation)
the encoding selections for the Water
Tank Level Meter and the Base Station
must match, the water tank level must
not be more than 110% and the stop
bit encoding must be correct.
Data protocol
The protocol for sending data is as
follows: initially, the Water Tank Level
Meter sends a 50ms transmission to set
up the receiver to be ready to accept
data. A 16ms locking signal is then
sent, followed by a 4-bit encode signal
and the 4-bit tank number.
siliconchip.com.au
1 length of 25mm PVC tubing to
support the tubing or a suitable weight
4 200mm cable ties
Semiconductors
1 TL499A power supply controller
(IC1)
1 LM324N quad op amp (IC2)
1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
programmed with “water tank
level meter.hex” (IC3)
1 LM335Z temperature sensor
(Sensor2)
1 BC327 PNP transistor (Q1)
1 1N4004 1A diode (D1)
1 common cathode RGB LED
(Jaycar ZD-0012 or equivalent)
(LED1)
Capacitors
1 470mF 10V PC low-ESR electrolytic
1 220mF 10V PC low-ESR electrolytic
1 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
3 100nF MKT polyester
1 100nF ceramic
3 10nF MKT polyester
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
1 100kW
1 1.8kW
3 22kW
7 1kW
2 10kW
1 330W
1 2.2kW
Trimpots
1 50kW horizontal trimpot (code
503) (VR1)
1 1kW multi-turn top adjust trimpot (code 102) (VR2)
1 10kW multi-turn top adjust trim-
Next, the 8-bit tank level is sent,
followed by the temperature (eight
bits with bit 7 as a sign bit), cell volts
(8 bits) and then the 8-bit water level
again and the temperature again.
The 8-bit stop code which has
a value of 170 is then sent. These
stop bits indicate that the signal is a
water tank signal. A different stop bit
sequence is used for the water pump
control transmission.
Note that the locking sequence is included at the start of each transmission
because the oscillator rate is slightly
pot (code 103) (VR3)
1 10kW horizontal trimpot (code
103) (VR4)
Extra Parts For
Telemetry Version
1 BCD 0-9 DIL rotary switch
(BCD1) (Jaycar SR-1222 or
equivalent)
1 BCD 0-F DIL rotary switch
(BCD2) (Jaycar SR-1220 or
equivalent)
1 433MHz transmitter module
(Jaycar ZW-3100)
1 6.5mm diameter IP68 waterproof cable gland
3 PC stakes
1 2.54mm jumper shunt
1 Solar garden light (Homemaker
Lifestyle (Kmart) or equivalent
– this includes the solar cell,
an AA NiMH or NiCd cell & the
1N5819 Schottky diode (D2))
1 100nF MKT polyester capacitor
1 100nF ceramic capacitor
1 1kW 0.25W 1% resistor
1 length of single core shielded
microphone cable (length to
suit installation)
Extra parts if pressure sensor
mounted inside tank
1 bulkhead box, 65 x 38 x 17mm
1 4-way header with 2.54mm pin
spacing
2 M3 x 15mm Nylon screws
2 M3 x 6mm Nylon screws
2 M3 x 9mm tapped Nylon spacers
1 2-pair (4-wire) sheathed telephone cable (to suit installation)
5 100mm Nylon cable ties
Neutral-cure silicone sealant
different for each tank selection. In
operation, the receiver must lock onto
the transmission rate or the data will
be read incorrectly.
The data from the 433MHz transmitter is sent at a nominal 1k bits per
second. The receiver in the Base Station detects the signal and delivers the
same data at its output.
That’s all for this month. Next
month, we’ll show you how to build
both versions (Basic & Telemetry) of
the Water Tank Level Meter and deSC
scribe the Base Station.
November 2007 39
Playback adapter
for CD-ROM drives
Ever wanted to use an old CD-ROM drive as
a CD player for audio playback? Now you
can do it, with this nifty CD-ROM Playback
Adapter. It can control one or two CD-ROM
drives and has an infrared remote control.
A 16x2 line LCD screen provides track
information and other data.
W
E HAVE OFTEN been asked
how to interface a hard drive
or computer CD-ROM drive to a microcontroller. This is an interesting
question, since there are countless old
CD-ROM drives out there that are still
in perfect functioning order but they
are “obsolete”. Instead of letting them
end up in landfill, you could do your
bit and build this project.
40 Silicon Chip
As well, this project will be good
experience for those readers who wish
to learn more about the ATA interface
and who want to use hard drives and
CD-ROM drives in their own projects.
The interface can be easily modified to
suit any other micro and only requires
a few I/O ports and a reasonably fast
processing core.
The main features of the Playback
Adapter are listed below:
(1) Can connect up to two ATAPI CDROM drives.
(2) Auto detection of up to two connected drives.
(3) Plays your favourite CDs.
(4) Random play and repeat modes.
(5) Controls volume (16 levels) and
balance digitally.
(6) Remote control with user-selectable key definitions.
(7) Works with any RC5 remote control.
(8) ISP (in-system programmable)
if you wish to experiment with the
firmware.
(9) The CD is automatically locked
when playing
(10) LCD screen.
Accessing an ATAPI device
The CD-ROM Playback Adapter
siliconchip.com.au
By MAURO GRASSI
/CS1
/CS0
A2
A1
A0
1
0
0
0
0
Data
/RD
Data
/WR
1
0
0
0
1
Error
Features
1
0
0
1
0
Sector Count
Sector Count
1
0
0
1
1
Sector Number
Sector Number
1
0
1
0
0
Cylinder Low
Cylinder Low
1
0
1
0
1
Cylinder High
Cylinder High
1
0
1
1
0
Device/Head
Device/Head
1
0
1
1
1
Status
Command
0
1
1
1
0
Alt Status
Device Control
Table 1: the ATAPI register file. All ATA and ATAPI devices are controlled by
reading and writing to these registers.
Interfacing to an ATAPI device is
simple because most of the work is
done inside the drive. In effect, it acts
as a black box. It conforms to a standard and the internal implementation
is left to the manufacturer. That is why
the standard was originally called IDE
(integrated drive/device electronics).
It just means that a lot of the complexity of the interface is in the drive and
the drive responds to a uniform set of
commands.
It speaks well of the design that one
of the easiest parts of a computer to
get working is the hard drive or CDROM/DVD drive. Plug any drive into
any motherboard and it will usually
work first time.
Overview of the ATA interface
presented here lets you connect one
or two drives and control each independently using a standard RC5
remote control.
CD-ROM drives that conform to the
parallel ATA (AT attachment) standard can be used with the adapter and
most old drives fall in this category.
In fact, most CD-ROMs will be ATAPI
devices, which is a superset of ATA.
It just means they support the packet
interface, a feature that was added to
the original ATA interface.
The resulting protocol was renamed
ATAPI, with the ‘PI’ standing for
packet interface. Most CD-ROMs, as
well as DVD drives, are ATAPI devices,
although others conform to different
standards, like SCSI and SATA (serial
ATA). These have a different connector and are not compatible with this
project.
siliconchip.com.au
The ATA interface is register-based.
There are essentially two banks of
eight registers, although only one of
the eight registers in the second bank
is ever used.
The interface consists of two chip
select lines, called /CS0 and /CS1
which are active low. There are three
address lines designated A0, A1 & A2,
as well as the read and write control
lines. The latter are designated /RD
and /WR respectively and are also
active low.
In order to access a register, one sets
the register address given by [A2:A0]
and then brings either /CS0 or /CS1
low (but not both). Then it is a matter
of bringing either /RD or /WR low and
reading or writing the data through
data port D7:D0.
Note that the data bus width is actually 16 bits but for accessing the ATA
registers, only the lower eight bits are
used. However, the full width of the
bus is used for data transfers.
Note also that the name of the register sometimes changes depending
on whether you are reading from or
writing to the specific address. For
example, at address 110b and with /
CS1 low and /CS0 high, reading will
give the Alternate Status register (a
read only register), while writing will
affect the Device Control Register (a
write only register).
All commands to control the drive
are sent through the register file (ie,
the set of ATA registers). For example,
the Command Register can be written
with the opcode for a particular operation – eg, “SLEEP” - and the drive will
respond by going into power saving
mode, barring any errors.
Note: the order in which you assert
the control lines on the ATAPI/IDE
bus is important. For example, you
would think that you could assert /
RD or /WR first and then bring /CS1
or /CS0 low. However, this approach
does NOT work on all drives.
The correct procedure is to assert /
CS1 or /CS0 first, then to assert either
/RD or /WR. Of course, because we
are using a general-purpose micro and
these pins are on different ports, it is
impossible to assert them simultaneously. This is not required however,
but would be closer to a native IDE/
ATAPI port interface.
Low level drivers
It is relatively simple to write to an
ATAPI device. As explained, you first
prepare the data and the address, bring
the chip select line low and then apply
either the read or write signal.
This is the minimum you would
need to interface to an ATA device like
a hard drive. It would not be the fastest
interface possible – you’d have to get
November 2007 41
1
3
5
A3 37
39
A1 33
A0 35
29
31
27
21
23
25
D2 13
D1 15
D017
19
D5 7
D4 9
D3 11
1
D7 3
D6 5
D4 11
D613
15
D2 9
D0 7
A
40
34
36 A2
38 A4
30
32
26
28
22
24
12 D12
14 D13
16 D14
18 D15
20
10 D11
2
4 D8
6 D9
8 D10
16
12 D5
14 D7
8 D1
10 D3
4
6
2
IRD1
CON1
CON2
2
3
+5V
8
14
1
5
8
10 F
100
(A0–4)
(D8–D15)
IC2: 74LS00N
IC3: 74LS04N
(D0–D7)
51
8
S3
1k
+5V
9
IC3d
Vdd
40
12
17
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
CON4
CON5
PD2/INT0
PD7
Vss
20
+5V +12V
+5V +12V
XTAL1
XTAL2
19
18
7
6
9
29
11
10
8
31
30
100nF
PD5
14
PD4
D7 32
PA7
D6 33
PA6
D5 34
PA5
D4 35
PB7/SCK
PA4
D3 36
PA3
PD0/RxD
D2 37
PA2
D1 38
PD1/TxD
PA1
D0 39
PA0
16
PD6
13
PD3/INT1
D15 28
PC7
RESET
D14 27
PC6
D13 26
PC5
IC1
D12 25
PC4
ATMEGA8515
D11 24
PC3
D10 23
PC2
D9 22
PC1
D8 21
PC0
A4 5
PB4
A3 4
PB3
PB5/MOSI
A2 3
PB2
A1 2
PB1
A0 1
PB6/MISO
PB0
15
100nF
2
IC3a
470
LED3
+5V
22pF
X1
7.3728MHz
+5V
A
K
3
47 F
2
1
22pF
1
7
IC2a 14
6
3
K
A
4
K
A
1 F
1 F
1 F
1 F
GND
OUT
IN
REG1 7805
7
IC3b
470
LED2
S1
5
LED1
470
47 F
IC3c
100nF
15
D1
T2o 7
T1o 14
R2in 8
R1in 13
5
SC CD-ROM
2007
100nF
S2
10 T2in
11 T1in
9 R2o
12 R1o
3
4
1
IC4
MAX232
6
16
T2o 7
T1o 14
2
10 T2in
11 T1in
R2in 8
9 R2o
5
4
6
R1in 13
15
IC5
MAX232
16
12 R1o
3
1
2
CON6
1 F
1 F
9-12V DC
5
4
3
2
1
CON3
DB9F
K
9
8
7
6
+5V
A
K
OUT
1
2
3
IRD1
LEDS
GND
IN
7805, 7812
470
LED4
PLAYER ADAPTOR
1 F
1 F
+5V
1 F
1 F
A
Fig.1: the circuit uses an Atmel ATmega8515 microcontroller (IC1) to interface to the CD-ROM drives (via CON1) and the LCD module (via CON2). IC4, IC5
and CON3 are optional, to provide in-circuit programming for the microcontroller.
+5V
470
LED5
LCD
CONTRAST
VR1
10k
K
42 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: the Error Screen. The numbers
give information about the state of the
program and the drive when the error
occurred.
involved in DMA (direct memory access) for that – but it would work.
With ATAPI devices like CD-ROM
drives, most operations are initiated
by writing packets rather than single
byte commands. A packet is a string
of 12 or sometimes 16 bytes that are
sent to the drive in sequence.
In order to send packets, a more
involved algorithm than just writing
to the register file is needed. Here you
have to worry about bus timings and
whether the drive is busy or requesting
data. There is a well-defined protocol
for PIO (peripheral input output) access to an ATAPI device.
Feedback is provided by the bits
BSY (bit 7) and DRQ (bit 3) in the
Status register, which can be polled
to determine the current state of the
drive. When the drive shows BSY=1
it does not respond to commands and
reading any register except the Status
register is undefined. In other words,
the only valid information that can be
read from the drive is bit 7 (BSY) of
the status or alternate status registers
(when it is busy).
As an example, the packet to open
the tray of the drive is given by the
12-byte string: 0x1B, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00. To send this packet, you
first send the PACKET command 0xA0
to the command register and then follow the packet protocol, as outlined in
Flowchart 1.
The protocol begins with a packet
being written to the drive. Optionally,
there may follow a data read or write
transfer, depending on the packet written to the drive.
The CoD (command/data) and IO
(input/output) bits are in the Sector
Count ATA register (also known as the
Interrupt Reason Register in ATAPI
devices). CoD is bit 0 and IO is bit 1.
When CoD is 0, data is being transferred and when it is 1, a command
(packet) is being transferred.
The IO bit indicates the direction of
transfer. When IO is 0 the host writes
to the drive and when it is 1 the host
siliconchip.com.au
Pin
Name
Description
1
/RESET
A low level on this pin resets all connected drives.
2, 19, 22, 24, 26, 30, 40
GND
All these pins are connected to the common ground plane.
3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17
[D7:D0]
3=D7, 5=D6 . . . . . . 15=D1, 17=D0
These are the eight least significant bits of the data bus.
4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
[D15:D8]
4=D8, 6=D9 . . . . . . 16=D14, 18=D15
These are the eight least significant bits of the data bus.
This pin is not connected and is used to prevent the cable
being connected the wrong way around.
20
KEY
21
DDRQ
23
/WR
Write strobe, active low.
25
/RD
Read strobe, active low.
27
/IOREADY
28
ALE
Address latch enable – not used in this project.
31
IRQ
Interrupt request – not used in this project.
32
IO16
Obsolete since ATA-3 – not used in this project.
33, 35, 36
[A2:A0]
Data request pin – not used in this project.
Device ready pin, active low, not used in this project. Used to
slow a controller if it is too fast for the drive.
35=A0; 33=A1; 36=A2. Address bus
37
/CS0
Chip select 0
38
/CS1
Chip select 1
39
/ACT
A low level on this pin indicates that the drive is working. It
can be connected directly to a LED to show drive activity.
Table 2: this table shows the pin-outs of the ATAPI interface. Note that this
project leaves many pins usused, as they are unnecessary for PIO transfer.
reads from the drive.
When the above packet has been
successfully processed by the drive, it
will respond by opening the tray. This
packet does not require any extra data
transfer but other commands, such as
reading the CD TOC (table of contents),
do require reading from the drive.
Other packet commands such as setting the volume require both reading
and writing to the drive (refer to the
ATAPI specification for the relevant
packet codes).
The firmware
The main component of this project
is the firmware, as the hardware is
little more than a Atmel microcontroller. The firmware is responsible for
interfacing to the drives, decoding the
remote control signals, auto detecting
the connected drives and controlling
playback and volume, among other
things.
All this is done with only 512 bytes
of RAM! The firmware size is approximately 7.2KB and fits inside the
micro’s 8KB flash memory.
ATA and ATAPI commands are either “Mandatory”, “Optional” or not
supported. To make sure that the CDROM Playback Adapter works with just
about any ATAPI device, we’ve used
only “Mandatory” commands as per
the specification (rev 2.6 1996).
Note, however, that we cannot guarantee that it will work correctly with
all ATAPI devices. Some are buggy and
the standard covers a period of many
years. We’ve also come across drives
that don’t conform to the standard in
every detail.
In our case, we tested the adapter
with seven different ATAPI devices,
including both CD-ROMs and DVD
drives, and it worked correctly with
six of these. The seventh drive had a
problem in that it was not detected by
the firmware and closer inspection and
debugging revealed that the micro was
unable to write to the drive’s register
file. Thus it failed the first test of the
auto detect subroutine, as explained
below.
Basically, if a particular CD-ROM or
DVD drive is not detected by the firmware on start-up, it will not be functional with the adapter. In that case, try
using a different drive. Conversely, if
the drive is correctly detected, there
November 2007 43
Flowchart 1: this is the packet writing routine used in the firmware. The interrupt signal INTRQ, intended for PCI
buses on computers, is not used and a method of polling for DRQ and BSY is used in its place.
44 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
is a high chance that it will work correctly with this adapter.
How it works
Refer now to Fig.1 for the circuit
details. The circuit is essentially just
an Atmel ATmega8515 microcontroller
(IC1) with its general IO pins configured to read and write to up to two
drives. It also controls the LCD screen
and reads the remote control sensor.
Add in a power supply and a few support chips and that’s about it.
ICs4 & 5 are MAX232 line drivers
and are used to interface the microcontroller to the serial port of a computer
(RS-232). These devices are optional
and are only needed if you are planning to experiment by writing your
own firmware. Basically, they allow
the board to be connected to a PC’s
serial port so that the microcontroller
can be programmed in-circuit. The
software to use for this job is called
“Pony Prog 2000” and is free for
download from www.lancos.com/
ppwin95.html
ICs2 & 3 are simple logic gates, used
here as “glue logic” for the interface.
These devices are 74LS00 and 74LS04
quad NAND gates and hex NOT gates
respectively but only one NAND gate
and four NOT gates are used from
these devices.
Infrared receiver
IRD1 is an infrared receiver module,
containing a photodiode, amplifier,
filter and demodulator all in a compact package. It accepts a modulated
infrared signal on a 38kHz carrier and
outputs a demodulated TTL level serial stream.
This stream is fed to pin 12 of IC1
and is decoded by the firmware in
the microcontroller. Note that IRD1’s
output is usually high (around +5V)
and varies as a square wave when an
infrared input is received.
S3 is used to select the remote
control setup option at boot time. For
normal operation it is open and this
allows the signal from IRD1 to pass to
the microcontroller for decoding the
remote control signals. Conversely,
when S3 is pressed, it temporarily
pulls this line low via a 1kW resistor
to allow remote control set-up.
There are five indicator LEDs on the
board. LED4 (red) is the power LED,
while LED3 (orange) lights when the
micro is being programmed or is in the
reset state. This state can be entered
siliconchip.com.au
CD-ROM drives have three sets of jumper pins at the back to configure the drive.
If you have just one drive, it can be configured as either a master (MA) or a
slave (SL) using the jumper link. However, if you are using two drives, then one
must be configured as a master and the other as a slave, as shown here.
using switch S1.
LED1 (green) shows the activity of
the currently selected drive.
Finally, LED2 & LED5 make a pair.
Only one will be lit at any one time.
LED5 (green) indicates that the MASTER device is being controlled, while
LED2 (red) indicates that the SLAVE
device is being controlled. If you have
two drives connected, you may toggle
between them using the Line-In button
on the remote.
Power supply
In order to power the drives, you
will need a power supply capable of
delivering +12V at 2A and +5V at 2A
(eg, a computer power supply). By contrast, the board requires a +5V supply
and draws just 200mA.
Basically, you’ve got two choices
when it comes to the power supply.
The first option is to power the PC
board directly from a 9-12V plugpack
supply and power the drives separately. In this case, the board supply
is fed in via CON6 and is regulated to
+5V using 3-terminal regulator REG1.
Diode D1 provides reverse polarity
protection, in case the supply is connected the wrong way around.
The second option is to plug a
+12V/+5V supply into either CON4
or CON5 on the PC board. The board
will then be directly powered from
this supply, while the supply for the
drives can then be taken from the
unused connector. Note that you will
need a Y-splitter cable if there are
two drives.
In this case, you can use a surplus
computer power supply to power both
the boards and the drives. This will
simply plug straight into either CON4
or CON5. Another option is to use a
ready-made adapter like the Jentec
JTA0202Y (from Taiwan). This unit
supplies +12V and +5V at 2A each,
which is enough to power two drives
and the PC board. It also comes with
the proper plug, so all you need then
is a Y-splitter cable.
Setting up the drives
The two drives must be configured
before being installed. Specifically, if
you wish to connect only one drive,
it can be configured as either a slave
or master device.
Usually this is accomplished by a
jumper setting on the back of the drive.
The drive will usually have a label
indicating the appropriate position
of the jumper.
If you wish to use two drives, however, make sure that one is configured
as a master while the other is configured as a slave. It doesn’t matter which
is which as long as they are not both
slaves or both masters.
How auto-detection works
Let’s now see how the micro detects
any connected ATAPI devices at boot
up.
First, a simple test is done. The miNovember 2007 45
What’s A Finite State Machine?
A finite state machine (also known as a finite state automaton) is a set
of states together with a transition table and a designated state that is the
“initial state”.
The transition table can be thought of as a table with three columns and a
finite number of rows. The first column corresponds to the current state, the
second column corresponds to the input and the third column corresponds to
the next state. These triplets (X, I, Y) are interpreted as follows: if the machine
is in state X and an input I is received, it moves to state Y. While there is no
input, the machine stays in its current state.
For example, in our case, if the firmware is in the neutral state, and the user
presses the Play key on the remote control, then the transition table dictates
that the machine moves to the Playing state. This “rule” would be written as
the triplet (“Neutral”, “PLAY”, “Playing”).
The user interface of this playback adapter is simply implemented as a
finite state machine, meaning there are a number of rules that make up
the transition table. The machine begins in the “neutral” state, after a short
initialisation.
Flowchart 2 shows the finite state machine implemented in the firmware.
The transitions correspond to arrows, while the blue blocks are the possible
states.
cro writes a known value to an ATA
register and then attempts to read that
value. If the value read is the same as
that written, the auto detect subroutine
goes to the next stage.
Conversely, if the drive fails this
test, it is assumed to be absent. Instead,
0xFF is returned as the value read
due to internal pull-ups on all inputs
(which incidentally, is not the value
that is written).
The next stage of auto-detection involves searching for the signature that
all ATAPI devices are required to have
(according to the standard). In fact, all
ATAPI devices have a unique signature
of 0x14 and 0xEB (notice that 0x14 +
0xEB = 0xFF) in the Count Low and
Count High registers on start up.
The inquiry command of the ATA
interface, while mandatory for ATA
devices, is actually aborted by ATAPI
devices. Instead, the effect of this ATA
command on ATAPI devices is to put
the ATAPI signature word in the Count
Low and Count High registers. What is
mandatory for ATAPI devices is to support the ATAPI inquiry command.
The algorithm for detecting the
drives is as follows:
(1) Perform a simple read-write test.
Abort if this test fails, otherwise continue.
(2) Select the drive by writing to the
drive/head register.
46 Silicon Chip
(3) Issue an ATA identify device command.
(4) If the signature 0x14 0xEB in the
Count Low and Count High registers
is present, go to step 5.
(5) If this signature is not present, the
device is either absent or it is not an
ATAPI device. Therefore, we may assume that no ATAPI device is present
and terminate.
(6) If the ATAPI signature is detected,
we issue an ATAPI inquiry command
to get further information about the
drive and conclude that an ATAPI
device is connected. The test is then
terminated.
Firmware operation
Flowchart 2 shows the structure of
the firmware. After initialisation, the
program can optionally jump to a subroutine to set-up the remote control.
This should be done at least once,
preferably the first time the program
is run. Once the remote control has
been successfully set up, the adapter
is ready to be used.
The next stage in the firmware is
the auto detection of the drives. Up to
two drives can be connected and they
should be configured correctly as master
or slave as detailed previously.
The firmware then enters a “finite
state machine” by going to the neutral (or initial) state. It then listens
for activity on the infrared port and
responds to the remote control commands.
There are three playing modes: (1)
the default mode, (2) the repeat mode
and (3) the random mode. In default
mode, the adapter will play the current
track and when that is done, will jump
to the next track.
In repeat mode, the adapter plays
the current track and then repeats it
over and over. This mode is indicated
by the digit ‘1’ appearing as the last
character of the first line of the display
in playing mode.
Finally, in random mode, the
adapter will play the current track and
then select the next track randomly.
This mode is indicated by the letter
‘R’ appearing as the last character of
the first line of the display in playing mode.
In operation, the user can scroll
between the default, repeat and random modes by pressing the ‘Record’
button on the remote control during
play mode.
The volume is controlled by the
Volume Up and Volume Down buttons
on the remote. Up to 16 levels ranging
from muted (0) to full volume (15) can
be selected.
The ‘Mute’ button has the usual
effect of storing the current volume
and then setting the volume to 0. If
pressed again when the volume is 0,
the original volume level is restored.
The percentage balance of the right and
left audio channels can be modified
by the user, by pressing the Channel
Up and Channel Down buttons on the
remote. The percentages range from
0-100% in steps of 5%.
The volume for each channel is then
calculated in terms of the balance using a simple formula:
(1) Volume (Left) = (Balance Left)/100
x Volume Level
(2) Volume (Right)= (Balance
Right)/100 x Volume Level
In playing mode, there are the usual
control options like going to the next
track (pressing the Fast Forward button) or to the previous track (pressing
the Rewind button). You can also
pause playing (by pressing Pause) or
stop playing (by pressing Stop).
The 20+ button on the remote can be
used to either eject the CD or close the
tray (depending on whether the tray
is already closed or open). The LineIn button is used to switch between
master and slave devices, if two drives
siliconchip.com.au
Flowchart 2: this flowchart shows the
“finite state machine” implemented by
the firmware. After a short initialisation
which includes the automatic detection
of connected drives, the firmware goes
into the neutral state. From there it starts
accepting remote control commands that
change the state of the machine. Typical
display readouts corresponding to each
state are also shown.
are connected and have been correctly
detected by the firmware.
The 0-9 number buttons are used
to select a particular track number to
play. Simply press the correct number
siliconchip.com.au
(which will be shown on the screen)
and then press Play to play the selected
track number.
As you can see, the user interface
has been kept deliberately simple
and intuitive. By the way, you can use
virtually any RC5-compatible remote
control since you can assign the buttons during the set-up procedure (more
SC
on this next month).
November 2007 47
Siemens’ Electronic Wedge Brake:
no hydraulics, better braking
Schematic of the Siemens VDO Electronic Wedge Brake:
The brake caliper (1) spans the brake disc (2) from two
sides. The disc is braked by a pad (3) which is
moved by an electric motor (4) and several
rollers (5) along wedgeshaped inclined faces.
Vehicle brakes haven’t changed
all that much since the first drivers
realised they needed something to
make them stop as well as go.
Siemens might have just changed all that
with their new Electronic Wedge Brake.
T
he electronic wedge brake (EWB) from Siemens can
reduce braking distance on snowy and icy roads by up to
15%. In tests conducted in northern Sweden, a prototype
required a distance of 64.5m to bring a vehicle travelling at a speed
of 80km/h to a halt. A comparable vehicle equipped with hydraulic
brakes and the anti-locking system ABS needs around 75m on
average to brake when traveling at the same speed. This means that
such a vehicle will still be travelling at a speed of 30km/h when
one equipped with the EWB has already come to a complete stop.
The tests were carried out by experts from the Siemens VDO
automotive supply company in the town of Arjeplog, located
around 100km south of the Arctic Circle and some 900km north
of Stockholm. Test procedures and results were also monitored
by staff from the international safety service provider DEKRA. Up
until now, the EWB system’s ability to shorten braking distance
had only been demonstrated in simulations. The tests impressively
confirmed the computer results. Siemens VDO will channel the
knowledge gained from the tests into the further development of
the EWB, which is expected to be ready for series production in
three years.
48 Silicon Chip
The EWB represents a revolution in brake technology because it
works without any hydraulic systems. Each wheel on the car has
its own separate unit equipped with a brake calliper, disc and pad,
all of which are controlled electronically. At the heart of the EWB
system is a wedge-bearing mechanism whose special geometric
shape results in a self-energising effect. Here, an electric motor
that moves the roller bearing is able to generate a strong braking
force with only a minimal amount of energy. The electric motor
holds the brake pad on the roller bearing in the exact position
necessary to apply optimal braking force, while sensors monitor
the brake pad 1000 times per second.
Hydraulic systems, which are used in practically all vehicles
today, tend to react more sluggishly than EWB, despite being
linked with ABS and brake force boosters. Valuable milliseconds
are lost in the time it takes the pressure applied to the brake pedal
to be transferred to the hydraulic system. With EWB, everything
occurs electronically. Introduction of the EWB would also eliminate
the need to produce brake fluid. An estimated 5.4 million litres
of brake fluid are required each year in Germany for new vehicles
alone.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
BIRTHDAY
BONANZA
New Remote Control Cars
Bluetooth Active Stereo Speakers
This tiny stereo speaker system sounds
great and plays music directly from your
Bluetooth phone or MP3 player without
any messy wires. It is battery powered and
perfect for when you are out and about. Also
accepts a wired input from almost any music
source. Requires 4 x AAA batteries or a 5VDC
power supply (available separately).
Cat. AR-1858
Dimensions: 200(W) x 50(H) x 25(D)mm
$69.95
Electronic Photo Frames
These are a fantastic way to show off your digital
images or movies. You can have multiple images in
a slide show, a single image, or thumbnails. You
can also play a backing music track or show video
clips.
• Remote control, plugpack and cables all included
• All support MPEG1/2/4, MP3 and JPEG file
formats
• All support SM, SD, XD, MS & MMC card
formats and the 10.4" version supporting CF card
formats as well.
Drifting Rechargeable
Remote Control Cars
Get trackside with the latest in RC drift cars. We
have two fantastic models to race with. The inside
wheel locks up when you execute a turn to enable a
skid and the full function remote control has sound
effects. Each car comes with a
rechargeable Ni-Cd battery pack
and plugpack charger.
• Remote Control
requires: 3 x AA
batteries
Cat. GT-3252
$69.95
• Display size: 150(W) x 85(H)mm
This factory endorsed 1/64th scale Ferrari
F430 looks like a real collectors item until you
remove the cover, slide the top section off the box
to reveal a hand-held remote control with
detachable antenna and
its recharging base. Then
you can manoeuvre this
hot little model around
your desk! Finished in
Ferrari red it's sure to be
a conversation piece.
• Display box with cover
135(L) x 75(W) x
100(H)mm
• Frequency:
40MHz
• Suitable for
10yrs+
Cat. GT-3213
Two models available:
GT-3250 Mazda RX-8 27MHz
GT-3252 Subaru Impreza WRX 40MHz
• Suitable for 8yrs+
$24.95
Cat. GT-3250
New Remote Control Cars and
Helicopters due in-store in
November. See separate
flyer for more
details.
$69.95
Cat. QM-3765
7" White Acrylic (QM-3765)
Miniature F430 Ferrari - RC
$149.00
Mobile 4 Channel DVR - 12-24 Volt
10.4" Wood Grain (QM-3768) or
White acrylic (QM-3769)
• Display size 208(W) x 155(H)mm
Each
$299.00
Geelong Store Extension
NOW OPEN
Floor space has
increased by 30% to
220 sq metres with
extensive parking
adjacent to the site.
180 Moorabool St
(Cnr Little Ryrie St)
Geelong Vic 3220
Ph: 03 5221 5800
Fax: 03 5221 2266
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
This stand alone 12-24VDC digital video recorder (DVR) is the ideal solution for
mobile security and surveillance applications such as buses, trucks, temporary
venues etc. It provides real-time monitoring and digital recording from up to
4 cameras. Supplied with infrared remote, video
editing software, and has MPEG4 recording format.
• 12 to 24VDC operating voltage (suitable for most
cars, boats, trucks and busses)
• 100fps record time (25fps/channel)
• Regulated 12VDC output to power cameras
• Backup via USB connection
• Removable HD tray with 250GB hard drive included.
Kit of the Month
IR Rolling Code Entry System
Refer Silicon Chip Magazine October 2007
This infrared keyless entry system features
two independent door strike outputs and
will recognise up to 16 separate key
fobs. Supplied with solder
masked and screen
printed PCBs, 2
programmed micros,
key fob battery and all
electronic
components.
Some SMD
Cat. KC-5458
soldering is
required.
$49.95
Better. More Technical
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
250GB
Drive In Hard
cluded
Cat. QV-3093
$999.00
Battery Powered
2.4GHz AV Sender
Wireless and compact, this is the ideal solution
when power availability and space are a problem.
Both transmitter and receiver operate on battery
power. Connection to the AV source is via 3.5mm
to RCA composite video and
audio lead (2 x included).
Cat. AR-1852
Each unit requires 2 x AA
$79.95
batteries.
• Dimensions: 85(L) x 85(W)
x 20(H)mm
1
TIME TO CELEBRATE
Lighting Special Effects
LED Spotlight with Effects
Ideal for small stages or fixed
installations, this sophisticated
LED spotlight uses DMX
protocols to enable remote
control of colour and
brightness via the
theatrical three pin DMX
control interface. In
addition, colour, brightness
and the two
pre-programmed chase modes
can be manually controlled via the 12 way dip
switch on the rear of the light. The spotlight is
made from lightweight ABS
plastic and is 240VAC mains
Cat. SL-2914
powered. 137mm dia.
$129.95
Solar Powered RGB LED Ropelights
This is the perfect outdoor lighting decoration
and it doesn't need a power point. Just place the
solar panel in direct sunlight and the system will
switch on at night for a magnificent light display.
6 different settings. Fully sealed for outdoor use.
2 lengths available:
SL-2826 5 metres
SL-2828 10 metres
5.25" Speaker with Mounts
This versatile speaker can be mounted to
a wall or ceiling. When
clamp mounted, it is capable
of being rotated 180
degrees horizontally to allow
for perfect sound projection
or can be directly attach
using the two sockets. Ideal
for conference rooms,
auditoriums, lecture halls or
home entertainment.
• Rated Power Input:
50WRMS
• Max Power Input: 100WRMS
Cat. CS-2436
• Nominal impedance: 8 ohms
$99.95
(More data on the Web)
Wireless MP3
Modulator For In-Car Use
Use your ordinary USB flash drive and this clever
device to play your favourite MP3 files in the car.
The unit is the size of a normal car cigarette
lighter plug and is fitted with a
USB socket.
Was $59.95
SAVE
$25
Cat. GE-4030
$34.95
Party Speakers & Accessories
12" Foldback Speaker
15" Party Speakers
Rated at 300WRMS this wide range speaker is
ideally suited for use as a foldback speaker on
stage. The box features a four-ohm, 12" sub-woofer
for rumbling bass and a horn
tweeter to give crisp, clear
mid range and high
frequencies.
• Enclosure Size:
650(W) x 330(H) x
440(D)mm
Cat. CS-2516
Provides great performance in difficult
locations such as tents or
halls. The unit consists of 3
piezo drivers and a 15" bass
driver in a sturdy box.
• 120WRMS power
• Size: 740(H) x 505(W) x
350(D)mm
• Cheaper than hiring
Cat. CS-2515
$139.00
$179.00
Cat. SL-2826
$49.95
Cat. SL-2828
$79.95
Bubble Machine
Create instant, continuous bubbles with this
affordable portable bubble maker. Great for kids
parties, weddings or just for fun!
• Mains adaptor supplied
• Requires 2 x C batteries
• Additional Bubble Solution (946ml) AB-1222
$6.95
Cat. AB-1220
A sturdy case for all
the bits and pieces
musos and roadies
take to gigs. It has
ample room for leads,
manuals, tools, spare
strings etc, and is foam
lined to provide
protection for spare valves.
Solid pintle hinges and
cam closures.
• Dimensions: 520(L) x
428(W) x 200(D)mm
This unit produces clouds of white fog on demand.
Fantastic for use with laser light shows, mirror
balls and other party lighting. Mains powered.
• 70 cubic metres/min fog output
• 800ml fog juice capacity
• Measures 330(L) x 160(W) x
140(H)mm
• Additional 1L Fog Juice
available separately
AF-1212 $11.95
$69.95
$34.95
Purpose designed for professional DJ
work, this excellent turntable packs a real
punch and has all the features of more expensive
turntables, plus a few extras of its own. Push
button reverse, pitch adjustment, & Cat. AA-0495
track lighting, etc. Even has
$349.00
streaming digital and analogue
output.
$79.95
Better. More Technical
This rugged unit will enable
quick, convenient and reliable
continuity testing of most
popular audio cables such as
balanced XLR, phono,
Speakon, DIN and more.
• Requires one 9V battery
• Measures 102(W) x 45(H) x
142(D)mm
Cat. AA-0404
DJ Turntable
Cat. AF-1214
2
Cat. HB-6379
Professional Direct Drive
$29.95
Rave Fog Machine
'Roadies' Cable Tester
Roadie's Case
2 x 100WRMS Stereo Amp
A no-nonsense stereo amplifier that will form the
heart of an impressive entertainment system.
Rated at a generous 100WRMS per channel, this
two channel amplifier features a microphone input
and quality screwdown speaker terminals. See our
website for full
specifications.
Cat. AA-0470
$199.00
Wireless Microphone System
This UHF wireless microphone system features a
true diversity receiver and 16
user selectable channels. You
SAVE
are sure to get a clear signal
$50
from the included microphone
even when similar devices are
used in the area. See our
website for full Cat. AM-4077
specifications.
$199
Was $249
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
SOUND & VISION
Shake Awake Alarm Clock
AM/FM Jogging Radio
Set your alarm, select the shaker option and place
the bed shaker vibrator under your sheets. You'll
think you've been woken by an
earthquake or just set the buzzer alarm
and miss out on the vibrating sensation.
• 24 hr time
• Jumbo 45mm tall LED
display
• Audible alarm with
volume and tone
adjustment
• Snooze button lights up
• AC adaptor and vibrator included
• 9V battery backup
Cat. AR-1768
• Measures 200(L) x
$49.95
60(W) x 110(H)mm
This portable radio is perfect for the exercise
junkie. Select your favourite AM/FM station, lock it
in and attach the handy external control with
earphones (included). The attachment
allows you to tuck away the main unit
in a secure pocket or bum
bag without accidentally
changing stations. Giving
you interruption-free
listening. Requires 2 x
AAA batteries.
Wi-Fi Internet Radio
Listen to over 10,000 radio stations. There is no
software to load, no complex set-up operations
and no need to be a PC expert. Simply plug it in
and this radio links into existing Wi-Fi networks
and uses your broadband to bring you the world of
radio, literally!
• Supports real audio, MP3 and Windows Media
streams
• Uses 802.11b & 802.11g Wi-Fi connectivity
• Unit measures 250(L) x 130(W) x 140(H)mm
• 128-bit(max) WEP security
Kits to Build
Subwoofer Controller
Refer Silicon Chip Magazine August 2007
This new subwoofer controller kit has low and
high pass filters, parametric equaliser, and autoturn on for an external sub-amplifier. The
controller is 12V DC powered and can also be
used in automotive applications. Kit supplied
with silk screened PCB and laser processed
panels.
Cat. KC-5452
$99.95
Cat. AR-1743
$39.95
D.I.Y.
Due mid Nov'07
NEW WORLD BAND AM / FM & SW RECEIVERS DUE MID NOV ‘07.
SEE WEBSITE FOR SPECS. CAT NO. AR-1745 & AR-1747
5.8GHz Wireless AV Sender
Wireless LAN, Bluetooth, cordless phones,
etc, can cause overcrowding and interference
for items that transmit on the 2.4GHz band.
Beat the congestion with this 5.8GHz unit and
ensure crystal clear reception no matter what
audio video device you choose. Complete with
built-in IR remote control repeater, AV leads,
power supplies and instruction manual.
• Additional
Cat. AR-1840
receivers
AR-1841
$249.00
$159.95
IR Remote Extender MKII Kit
Ref: Silicon Chip Magazine October 2006
Operate your DVD player or digital decoder using
its remote control from another room. It picks up
the signal from the remote control and sends it via
a 2-wire cable to an infrared LED located close to
the device. This improved model features fast
data transfer, capable of transmitting Foxtel digital
remote control signals using the Pace 400 series
decoder. Kit supplied with case, screen printed
front panel, PCB with
overlay and all
electronic
components.
• Requires 9 VDC
power and 2-wire
cable
Cat. KC-5432
$24.95
Not C-Tick
approved
Micromitter Stereo FM Transmitter Kit
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine December 2002.
Connect your CD player to the Micromitter and
listen to your CD's all over the house through your
portable radio. It features a more compact and
stable design than previous models using a surface
mount BH1417F processor. It is crystal locked to a
preselected frequency to eliminate frequency drift.
Supplied with PCB, case, silk
screened front panel
and all electronic
components.
Cat. YN-8069
$299.95
Note - This product requires an existing
wireless network via a broadband router.
New Range of Car Audio
4 x 100WRMS Full
Range Car Amplifier
Cat. AA-0456
Everything you need to install a good quality split
system in your car. 6.5" PMI/Kevlar® composite
cones, ribbon tweeters for crisp
Due late
highs, separate crossovers
Nov'07
with screw terminals.
Mounting hardware
included.
Cat. CS-2338
See web
for specs. $299.00
• 4 x 130WRMS <at> 4Ω
• 4 x 190WRMS <at> 2Ω
• 2 x 380WRMS <at> 4Ω
5 Channel Full Range Car
Amplifier
Cat. AA-0458
• 4 x 60WRMS +
1 x 225WRMS <at> 4Ω $499.00
• 4 x 90WRMS +
1 x 340WRMS <at> 2Ω
• 2 x 180WRMS Bridged <at> 4Ω +
1 x 340WRMS <at> 2Ω
Car Ribbon Tweeter with Crossover
1000WRMS Monoblock Amplifier
Cat. AA-0460
$399.00
Flush or surface
Due late
mount, ABS
Nov'07
housing,
mounting
hardware and
crossover included.
Specifications:
Cat. CS-2339
• Frequency response: 3kHz - 40kHz
$89.95
• Crossover: 12dB/octave
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
$49.95
Split Tweeters
$399.00
• 1 x 1000WRMS <at> 1Ω
• 1 x 600WRMS <at> 2Ω
• 1 x 1800WRMS <at> 2Ω
linkable
Cat. KC-5341
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Under-Seat Active Subwoofer
This integrated amp/subwoofer will fit under your
car's seat and has a wired remote control
unit with mute and volume controls. Line
level (RCA) inputs or speaker signal inputs.
• 130mm polycone woofer
• Power: 90WRMS
• Frequency response: 80 - 200Hz
• Dimensions: 288(L) x 200(W) x 69(H)mm
For that
Pounding BASS
Experience
Cat. CS-2273
$129.95
Better. More Technical
3
COMPUTER ACCESSORIES
Kits to Build
Fingerprint Security
USB Experimenter's Interface Kit
Interface your computer to the real world. There
are five digital and two variable gain analogue
inputs. Eight digital and two analogue outputs are
available. Supplied with all
components, silk screened
PCB, assembly manual,
and software. For full
specs see details Cat. KV-3600
on website.
$69.95
Smart Card Reader - Programmer Kit
Ref: Silicon Chip Magazine July 03
Program both the microcontroller and EEPROM in
the popular Gold, Silver and Emerald wafer cards.
Cards which are sold by Jaycar. Powered by 9-12
VDC plug pack (use MP-3030) or a 9V battery.
Instructions outline software
requirements that are freely
available on the internet. Kit
supplied with PCB, wafer
card socket and all electronic
components. PCB measures:
141 x 101mm.
Cat. KC-5361
$49.95
• Jaycar cannot accept
responsibility for the operation
of this device, its related
software, or its potential to be
used in relation to illegal copying
of Smart Cards in Digital Cable
T.V. set top boxes.
USB Desktop Bouncer
For Laptops
Protect sensitive information on your
laptop from unauthorised personnel with
this fingerprint ID access control. It
simply slides into the PCMCIA slot in your laptop
and utilises biometric technology to identify
authorised users of the computer. It also locks
the computer under the screen saver and can be
used for file/folder
encryption. See
website for
specifications.
Cat. XC-4843
$129.00
Portable Hard Drive Enclosure
with Fingerprint Security
Portable hard drives allow easy mobile data
storage but can make confidential information
vulnerable to embarrassing disclosure. This drive
case prevents this by using onboard fingerprint
recognition and encryption
software to secure the data on
the drive.
• USB powered. Hard
drive not
included.
Cat. XC-4668
$99.00
SMS Controller Module
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine November 2004.
By sending plain text messages this kit will allow
you to control up to eight devices and monitor
four digital inputs. It works with old Nokia
handsets such as the 5110, 6110, 3210, and 3310.
Kit supplied with PCB, pre-programmed
microcontroller and all electronic components with
clear instructions. *Requires a Nokia data cable
which can be readily found in
mobile phone
accessory
stores.
USB Gadgets
This tough looking guy with his
cockney accent will turn away
any would be punter trying to
interfere with your desktop
stuff. He'll warn them off
with one of his six tough-guy
quotes.
•1.2m USB lead included
• Can stand alone using
3 x AAA batteries
Cat. GE-4088
• Stands 210mm
high
$24.95
USB Finger Dance Mat
Simply plug into your computer's USB
port and mimic the
steps illuminated by
the arrows to
increase your score
but beware - as the
game progresses
the dance moves
get faster. See who
really has the moves and
who has two left fingers!
• Sound and light effects
• 30sec or 1 minute
sessions
Cat. GE-4098
$24.95
Combined USB 2.0 and
Firewire Powered Hub
Four USB 2.0 and three IEEE 1394
(Firewire®) ports make this a versatile
hub. PC and Mac compliant.
• Supports self-powered mode and bus-powered
mode
Cat. XC-4848
$69.95
Cat. KC-5400
$49.50
12V Notebook Power Supplies
They have a 12 to 13.8V input voltage, feature a
recessed voltage selector to eliminate
accidental changes to the selected voltage,
high efficiency, low power
consumption, LED power indicator
and are supplied with 7 output
connectors for all major laptop
brands (see website or in-store for
listing).
• Terminates to a fused 10 amp automotive
cigarette lighter socket
Cat. MP-3463
15/16/18/19/20/ 22/24VDC
$34.95
<at> 3.5 AMPS MP-3463
15/16/18/19/20VDC <at> 6 AMPS
22/24VDC <at> 5 AMPS MP-3467
Cat. MP-3467
$47.95
NEW Hard Drive Accessories
IDE to SATA / SATA to IDE Converter
This versatile SATA/IDE adaptor swings
both ways allowing you to connect a SATA
drive to an IDE (PATA) controller or an IDE
(PATA) drive to a SATA controller. The device is
powered from a standard drive power connector.
No software required. Includes SATA and power
adaptor cable.
Cat. XC-4841
$29.95
Two Channel SATA Hard Disk
Controller with R.A.I.D.
Add SATA hard drives to any computer with a
spare PCI card slot. The controller supports two
SATA hard drives and comes with R.A.I.D.
software. The controller can be set up as a R.A.I.D
0 or 1 sub-system to provide enhanced data
security. ATA 1.0 compliant. Supports data transfer
rates up to 1.5Gbps.
• 4 Channel version available
XC-4869 $59.95
Cat. XC-4868
$39.95
4
Better. More Technical
External 3.5" HDD Cases
for IDE or SATA Drives
Add gigabytes of storage to your PC or move large
files from work station to work station with ease.
This HDD case is made from strong aluminium and
will accommodate a 3.5" hard drive. It has a USB
2.0 interface, fan cooling and an independent power
switch. Supplied with plug pack, software and USB
interface lead.
Cat. XC-4664
• Size: 117(W) x 183(D) x 50(H)mm
$49.95
• Two types available:
• XC-4664 for IDE drives Silver
• XC-4666 for
SATA drives Black
Cat. XC-4666
$79.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
TEST & TOOLS
NEW Precision Tools
Screw Removing Pliers
Two Speed 'T' Bar 4.8 Volt
Cordless Screwdriver
Precision Side Cutters & Long Nose Pliers
These Japanese made pliers have an oval
serrated hole at the tip of the jaws. You
can grip a pan or cheese head screw in
this barbed recess, squeeze and turn.
Presto!
If the screw has a completely stripped
screwdriver slot/hole this plier is for you.
It works a bit like that hideous thing that
dentists use to pull a tooth out!
• 175mm long
Japanese
Made
Cat. TH-2330
$24.95
These 110mm long cutters feature high
quality tool steel construction with a
sturdy box joint and are perfect for
cutting super fine wire as
well as general
workshop use. They are
tough, and can cut copper wire up
to 1.6mm without harm. The
insulated handles are spring loaded for
effortless use.
These are the perfect companion for our
TH-2332 precision side cutters and are
made to the same exacting
specifications. They
feature sturdy box
joints and the insulated handles are
spring loaded for effortless use.
• 110mm long
New Thermometers
Digital Thermometer
with K-Type Thermocouple
Cat. TH-2332
$24.95
Japanese
Made
Cat. TH-2334
$24.95
Cat. QM-1602
$39.95
Digital Stem Thermometer
Endless applications such as food processing,
laboratory work, photography, home brewing
etc. this digital thermometer features fast
response, min/max memory, data hold and
automatic shut-off after 10 minutes. The probe
is stainless steel, so it will never corrode, the
body is splashproof and it will never
Cat. QM-7216
need calibration.
• LR44 battery included
$19.95
• Stem length 125mm
PIC Logic Probe Kit
Autoranging
Cat II DMM
Ref: Electronics Australia August, 1997
Low-powered DC converter suitable for many
applications such as a peripheral computer power
supply, powered speakers, modems, music/MIDI
keyboards, etc. Just plug it's input into your PC's
internal power supply cable and have
selectable regulated voltage
out from 3 to 15VDC.
Output current capability
is around 1.5 amps
depending on the size of Cat. KA-1797
heatsink used (heatsink
$6.95
sold separately).
This Cat II DMM is suitable for
voltages up to 600VAC and
has 15mm high digits for easy
measurement. Features
include overload protection,
10A AC & DC current, diode
check, data hold,& backlit
display.
Everything you need to solder, silver
solder, braze, heatshrink, strip paint etc.
Refillable with stand, extra tips, torch and
cutting attachment.
Cat. TS-1112
• 3 soldering tips
$29.95
• 1 torch attachment
• 1 rope cutter
• 178mm
long
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. KC-5457
$14.95
Versatile Regulated Voltage Adaptor
Tempmaster
Gas Soldering Iron &
Torch Kit
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Kit Projects
Ref: Silicon Chip Magazine October 2007
This design operates on a wide voltage range
down to 2.8V so it's suitable for use on the most
modern circuits. Compact with SMT devices on a
PCB only 5mm wide, so it will fit inside a very slim
case. It's capable of picking up a pulse only 50mS
long and will also detect and hold infrequent pulses
when in latch mode. Kit includes PCB and all
specified electronic components
including pre-programmed PIC.
You'll need to add your own
case and probe pen.
$19.95
The original and best. The Adel nibbling tool has
been around for years and for good reason. It's
still the best hand nibbler going around and is
ideal for chassis-bashing and all sorts of
hobby applications. Cut, notch or trim simple
or complex shaped holes in
Made
plastics, laminates, leather or
in USA
metal.
• Mild steel: 1.2mm
Cat. TH-1765
• Aluminium: 1.6mm
$59.95
• Plastics: 2mm
• Spare punch: TH-1767 $44.95
Due mid Nov'07
$29.95
A handy digital multimeter
with lots of features at a
great price.
Cat. QM-1523
• 19 range
• 3.5 digit
$14.95
• Transistor test
• Diode test
• 10A DC current
• Data hold
Other features include
backlight, low battery
warning, continuity beeper,
test probes and holster with
stand. The meter is Cat II
rated and full specification
are on website. Size: 145(L) x
65(W) x 35(H)mm
Cat. QM-1524
Adel Nibbling Tool
Cat. TD-2492
New DMMs
Data Hold DMM with Backlight
A handy pocket-size digital thermometer,
suitable for the lab, workshop or in the field. It
features an excellent
measurement range from
-50 to 750°C and a hold function
to lock the reading on the
display. Thermocouple included.
Requires 9V battery.
• Display: 3.5 digit LCD
• Accuracy: ±1°C
• 118(L) x 70(W) x 29(H)mm
The clever design means that pressure is
intrinsically applied along the axis of the screw to
minimise slippage or head damage, while the T Bar
handle gives you precise control. The power button
falls naturally under your thumb and is easily
operated for long periods without fatigue.
• 2 speeds 180 & 800 RPM
• Overall length 200mm
• Forward & reverse
• Mains charger included
Ref: Silicon Chip Magazine June 2005
This project turns a regular fridge or freezer into a
wine cooler by accurately controlling the
temperature between 2.5 - 33° making it suitable
for wine storage. Kit supplied with PCB , panel
mount mains socket, mains lead, machined case
with screen printed lid and all electronic
components.
Cat. KC-5413
$39.95
Better. More Technical
5
GADGETS & OUTDOORS
New Games
Pocket Sized Shocking Game
Are you a shock-a-holic who can't be
without their shocking game fix? Take
this one on holidays, on the train or to the
pub. Two games - Lighting Reaction and Shock
Roulette.
• Loser receives a
mild electric
shock
• 2-4 players
• Ages 14yrs+
• Batteries Cat. GH-1128
included
$24.95
240VAC Low Pressure Air Pump
This convenient and versatile 240 volt air
pump comes equipped with 4 adaptors to
fit valves on pool toys, airbeds and other
inflatable items. It will inflate or
deflate items in next-to-no-time
and can run continuously for
up to 30 minutes. Ideal for
summertime fun.
Cat. GH-1111
$14.95
Shocking Number Guessing Game
Shocking Western Shootin' Game
Shoot the baddies in the saloon without hitting
the damsel. If you miss, you get a mild electric
shock. The LCD keeps track of your score and
you can turn the shock function off if you like.
• Suitable for 16yrs+
• Requires 3 x AAA batteries
• 390(W) x 235(H) x 140(D)mm
This has to be the best pool companion this
summer. Shaped like a mini inflatable boat, this
handy cooler comes complete
with a freezer block to keep
your tinnies or soft drinks
frosty while you're in the
pool.
• Holds up to
6 cans
• Size:
360 x
470mm
Cat. GH-1904
$24.95
With two separate games of guessing number
and Simon Says you're guaranteed hours of fun.
Have as many people you like play along
but beware! The person who eventually
guesses the correct number
or gets the Simon Says
sequence incorrect will
cop a mild electric
shock.
• Requires 3 x AAA
batteries
• Suitable for
16yrs+
Cat. GH-1134
• Base measures
$24.95
120mm Dia.
Inflatable Floating Drink Cooler
Exercising Outdoors!
Heart Rate Monitor Watch
Exercise within your limits and monitor
your workout with this handy heart rate
monitor. It has all watch functions plus a heart
rate monitor that logs current, average and
maximum heart rate.
Cat. XC-0269
• Water resistant to 30m
$39.95
• Batteries included
Multifunction Survival Compass
Easy-to-use compass with a focused
beam torch to provide crystal
clear readings in poor light.
Additional features include a
digital clock, thermometer and
a flashlight alarm.
• Closed measures 56(L) x
90(W) x 23(H)mm
Cat. XC-0379
$19.95
Talking Heart Rate Monitor
In addition to the normal heart rate monitor
function, the Pulse Sonic also connects inline with
your MP3 player or other audio device. It talks to
you to kept you updated on the time, your work or
lap times. You can get updates manually or set it to
let you know
Cat. XC-0274
automatically.
Batteries and
$39.95
earphones
included.
Pocket UV Meter
Protect yourself from the dangers of UV
radiation from the sun. The meter gives a
UV index reading, a simple bargraph meter of low
to very high UV radiation and a reading of mW per
cubic metre. It also has a lanyard and a handy belt
clip so you won't lose it.
Battery included.
Dimensions: 60(L) x
40(W) x 9(D)mm
Cat. GH-1116
$24.95
Weather Station
Due late
Nov'07
Cat. GT-3137
$39.95
Whack-a-Mouse Game
Belt as many rodents on the head as you can.
The game gets faster and faster and they squeal
and squeak as you hit them.
• Requires 3xAAA batteries
• Suitable for
Cat. GT-3135
8yrs+
$24.95
With Wireless Sensors and Doorbell
The system consists of two wireless outdoor
sensors, a wireless doorbell and an indoor
receiver. The device will measure indoor and two
outdoor temperatures, humidity, barometric
change as well as the respective
maximum/minimum temperatures and humidity.
The indoor receiver has a large
SAVE
LCD which shows full clock
$20
and calendar functions,
humidity, temperature
readings, barometric change
as well as temperatures.
• Indoor display size: 225(W)
x 260(H) x 27(D)mm
Was $99.95
Cat. XC-0336
$79.95
FULL RANGE OF WEATHER STATIONS FOR ALL
BUDGETS IN-STORE OR ON-LINE.
6
Better. More Technical
Bath Gadgets
Anti-fog Shaving Mirror with Radio
Save 5 precious minutes off your
morning routine. This anti-fog
mirror has a digital clock, and a
AM/FM radio.
Cat. GH-1057
• Mirror dimensions:
$29.95
132mm square
• Batteries not included
Starfish Bath Sensor and Thermometer
Simply attach the suction cup to the maximum
water height required and an alarm will sound
when the water starts to cover it. You can also
monitor the water temperature from
the LCD readout.
• Thermometer lead included
• Waterproof to 1 metre.
• Starfish measures129mm
across
Cat. GG-2272
• Readings in °C or °F
$14.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
POWER IT UP!
38 Channel 1.5W UHF
Pocket Receiver
38 Channel 1.5 W UHF
Pocket Transceiver
This high-quality light-weight
UHF transceiver is ideal for
use in many professional and
leisure activities. Up to 8km
working range with a hi/lo
setting to conserve power.
Was $89.00
SAVE
$30
Cat. DC-1040
$59.00
Mains Power Meter
This unit simply plugs into a normal power
point and turns it into a real-time
power monitoring outlet. You can
enter the local price of your
electricity and the meter will tell
you exactly how much the
appliance is costing to run.The
meter has backup batteries so it
will not lose the stored data
during a blackout or moving
from point to point. Simple to
install and a valuable tool for
monitoring your
power
Cat. MS-6115
consumption.
$39.95
Inverters are available from 150W to a massive
1500W. All have a LED power indicator, electrical
isolation between the battery and secondary
voltages for safety, and the higher power inverters
feature fan assisted cooling. 24V inverters also
available.
MI-5110
MI-5102
MI-5112
Cat No
MI-5102
MI-5104
MI-5106
MI-5108
MI-5110
MI-5112
MI-5114
Modified
Sine Wave
type
Price
$48.95
$79.95
$139.95
$229.00
$269.00
$359.00
$529.00
Cat. MI-5125
$79.95
Designed to fit cleanly into your
car's drink holder, this can sized
inverter alleviates the need for
permanent mounting of your
inverter and avoids having it
flapping around on the
passenger seat only to go
flying to the floor when you hit
the brakes.
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine December 2006
Cordless drills are fantastic and cheap, but really
the batteries in them don't last with the simple
charger supplied. This controller turns the cheap
charger into a contractor grade intelligent charger.
Suits both Ni-Cd and Ni-MH cells. Kit includes PCB
with overlay, case, all electronic components.
Cat. KC-5436
$39.95
$49.95
D.I.Y.
Fast Ni-MH Battery Charger Kit
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine September 2007
A truly versatile charger, capable of handling up to
15 of the same type of Ni-MH or Ni-Cd cells. Build it
to suit any size cells or cell capacity and set your
own fast or trickle charge rate. It also has
overcharge protection including temperature
sensing. Ideal for R/C enthusiasts who burn through
a lot of batteries. Kit includes PCB and all specified
electronic components. Case, heatsink and battery
holder not included.
Cat. KC-5453
$39.95
They feature tempered glass protection to
ensure they are not easily damaged in the
harsh environment which solar panels exist in.
Each solar panel has an integrated waterproof
junction box with cable glands.
Watts
5
10
20
65
80
120
Maintain your
battery system
in peak condition
with this
excellent charge
controller. It
features 30A
capacity,
temperature
compensation,
and full overload
protection. Multi-mode operation.
See website for details.
Cat. MP-4551
$179.00
Eclipse Battery
Bulk Packs
Eclipse Alkaline Battery
Bulk Packs - mercury &
cadmium free.
SB-2331 24 x AAA
Cat. SB-2330
SB-2330 24 x AA
$12.95
SB-2332 40 x AA
SB-2417 6 x 9 Volt
$19.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. MP-3124
$229.00
Everything you need to get a basic solar setup off
the ground. All the components needed are
included in the kit: 5 watt solar panel encapsulated
in tempered glass, 7Ah SLA battery and 2 x 12V
5W energy saving fluorescent lights. The battery is
housed in a sturdy metal enclosure with DC
sockets for all the connections, so it's
straightforward
to set up
and use.
Cat. SB-2332
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Price
$99.95
$149.00
$239.00
$549.00
$699.00
$1050.00
Self Contained Solar Lighting System
Cat. MI-5121
Kits to Build
Kit Powertool Battery Charger Controller
2 year
manufacturer
warranty
and a 20 year
warranty on
efficiency!
Solar Power Controller
Can Sized 150W
12VDC to 230VAC Inverter
MI-5114
Power
150W
300W
400W
600W
800W
1000W
1500W
150W Inverter with USB Outlet
This compact
(150mm long)
inverter plugs
directly into
your vehicle's
cigarette
lighter socket to
deliver 230VAC at 150
watts. The modified sine wave unit
comes with a USB port to charge or
power your MP3 player or other USB
operated device.
12V Polycrystalline Solar Panels
Cat
ZM-9071
ZM-9073
ZM-9074
ZM-9076
ZM-9078
ZM-9079
12VDC to 230VAC Inverters
12VDC to 230VAC Inverters
Solar Power Solutions
Better. More Technical
Cat. SB-2331
$12.95
Cat. SB-2417
$13.95
7
SAFE & SECURE
Security Monitors
Active Matrix TFT Security Monitors
These rugged, high performance TFT monitors are
purpose-built for security applications and include a
toughened front panel to protect the TFT panel from
damage. They can display up to the maximum
resolution defined by CCIR standards (720 x 576 /
525 x 625TV Lines) via the incorporated I/P
(interlaced to progressive scan) converter.
See website for full specs.
Two models available:
QM-3419 17" Version
QM-3420 19" Version
Cat. QM-3419
5.5" B&W Monitor &
4 Camera Package
Quick and simple! Consisting of a 5" B&W
surveillance monitor, two cameras, and two dummy
cameras, you can keep an eye on your premises.
The real cameras simply plug in with their 10m lead,
and the dummy cameras look identical.
Was $149.00
SAVE
$50
Cat. QM-3420
$499.00 $599.00
This camera is housed in a robust
aluminum case and carries an IP57 rating.
The Sony® Super HAD sensor and the
camera's 102 infrared LEDs enable the system to
'see' up to 50 metres in total
darkness. Features
SENSOR INSIDE
include:
• 1/3" Super
HAD CCD
sensor
• 480 TV line
resolution
Cat. QC-3381
• 12mm lens
$499.00
Colour Dome Camera Kit
with 2-Wire Connection
Cat. QC-3264
• Outdoor version (IP56 rated)
also available QC-3266 $229.00
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
8
6788
4699
2822
9669
3899
4130
7155
3433
4799
6221
3799
3377
8337
Protect your property with biometric technology
for a fraction of the cost of other units on the
market. One unit can be used to control a single
door or access point, or multiple units may be
used on a site and connected to a PC via RS232,
RS485 or Ethernet connection.
• Up to 500 users can be enrolled
and each can have access
restricted to certain times
• ID speed: 1/4 - 2 seconds
• Watchdog monitor
• 12VDC 3A relay output
• N/O or N/C door strike controls
• Tamper and door ajar alarm outputs
• Sleep mode to conserve power
• RS232, RS485 or Ethernet comms
• Power supply: 9VDC 500mA
• Dimensions: 180(L) x
Cat. LA-5121
82(W) x 55(H)mm
$499.00
A simple 2 wire combined
arrangement for power and video make this
system a snap to install. The system uses a
CMOS image sensor with 350TV line resolution
and will automatically sense signal cable
tampering or incorrect wiring and alert you with
a warning signal. Kit includes camera,
signal processor, connecting cable,
and mains
adaptor.
Australia Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888
$299.00
Biometric Access Control
IP57 Pro Outdoor Colour Camera
with Sony Super HAD CCD Sensor
6021
9699
9709
9678
9369
9905
4620
4365
9439
9476
4965
9683
4721
Cat. QM-3421
$99.00
Cameras
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02)
Alexandria
Ph (02)
Bankstown
Ph (02)
Blacktown
Ph (02)
Bondi Junction Ph (02)
Brookvale
Ph (02)
Campbelltown Ph (02)
Erina
Ph (02)
Gore Hill
Ph (02)
Hornsby
Ph (02)
Newcastle
Ph (02)
Parramatta
Ph (02)
Penrith
Ph (02)
Take the hard work out of camera
installation with this portable video
monitor. The unit connects to the
camera being installed and lets you
adjust and align the camera while
you are still up the ladder. The
monitor also has a 12V output to set
up the camera even before the
cabling is installed. Includes:
• Protective leather case with
belt clip & shoulder strap
• Video cable to suit BNC connections
• Camera power cable
Cat. QC-3446
Dont confuse with cheaper,
non-protected LCD screens!!!
$149.95
3.5” FIELD Monitor for
Security Camera Installers
Silverwater
Sydney City
Taren Point
Tweed Heads
Wollongong
VICTORIA
Coburg
Frankston
Geelong
Melbourne
Ringwood
Springvale
Sunshine
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Cairns
4 Zone Security System
All system components (sensors, sirens) are
D.I.Y.
connected to the control unit via a two core
flat wire. The unit has a keypad with status
LED, three modes of operation (Home, Out, Off)
and built-in anti-tamper sensors.
Supplied with
• Main control unit
• 2 PIRs
• 4 door or window
contact switches
and external
switch
• 240VAC
Cat. LA-5475
adaptor
• 50m two-core flat cable,
$119.00
clips, screw/wall plugs
• Main unit: 160(H) x180(W) x35(D)mm
SAVE
• Extra PIR to suit LA-5476 $29.95
$30
Was $149.00
DVR with 4 Camera Kit and 250GB HDD
Expand your coverage and utilise the full power of this excellent
recorder. This kit includes two indoor dome cameras and two
waterproof outdoor cameras. All cameras are powered from
the recorder making the system a snap to install with just
one cable to run to each camera. The system includes:
• 1 x 4 channel digital video recorder
Cat. QV-3083
• 2 x Waterproof outdoor colour cameras
$1190
• 2 x Indoor colour dome cameras
• 4 x 18m camera connecting cables (video & power)
SAVE
• For full specification see website.
$109
Was $1299
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(02)
(02)
(02)
(07)
(02)
9741
9267
9531
5524
4226
8557
1614
7033
6566
7089
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
9384
9781
5221
9663
9870
9547
9310
1811
4100
5800
2030
9053
1022
8066
Ph (07) 3863 0099
Ph (07) 4041 6747
Better. More Technical
Protective
Leather
Case
Ipswich
Ph (07) 3282 5800
Mermaid Beach Ph (07) 5526 6722
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Belconnen
Ph (02) 6253 5700
Fyshwick
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
Gepps Cross
Ph (08) 8262 3200
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Maddington
Ph (08) 9493 4300
Northbridge
Ph (08) 9328 8252
D.I.Y.
Includ
250GB Hes
DD
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph (08) 8948 4043
NEW ZEALAND
Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662
Dunedin
Ph (03) 471 7934
Glenfield
Ph (09) 444 4628
Hamilton
Ph (07) 846 0177
Manukau
Ph (09) 263 6241
Newmarket
Ph (09) 377 6421
Palmerston Nth Ph (06) 353 8246
Wellington
Ph (04) 801 9005
Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 9227
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
Prices valid until November 30th 2007
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Fire, foam & computer hard drives
Some days bad things just happen. A fire can
occur at any time and when it does, recovering
valuable data from computer hard drives can
be a real challenge.
It was a beautiful spring morning
and I was sitting outside the workshop
enjoying a cup of coffee and a chat with
a friend. Suddenly, someone shouted
“FIRE!” and all hell broke loose. It
was my neighbour’s factory unit and
it had smoke pouring out of the roof
and from the gaps around the closed
doors and windows.
I didn’t have my neighbour’s mobile
number but someone else did and
called him. Naturally, the fire brigade
was also called and while we waited, a
few of the other unit owners managed
to organise some water hoses.
The problem was that the place was
fully locked with the roller door in the
closed position, so all anybody could
do was to cool the building from the
outside with the water hoses. It didn’t
take long for the fire brigade to arrive
and they were about to break down
the door with a battering ram when
the owner screeched to a halt outside.
He got out and unlocked the door for
siliconchip.com.au
them and was immediately enveloped
in thick acrid smoke.
The fire brigade took over from there
and several men wearing breathing apparatus entered the building dragging
fire hoses. They quickly extinguished
the fire which was on the mezzanine
floor and within about 10 minutes,
the roller door was pulled up and the
windows opened.
None of us in the now sizeable
audience outside actually saw any
flames but it was fairly obvious that
the fire was now out and it was just
a matter of clearing up and blowing
out the smoke. After the firemen had
finished, the forensic police went in
and then later on the insurance assessor arrived.
It wasn’t until four hours later that
I was allowed in to see the damage.
Downstairs it looked as though nothing had happened but upstairs was
like Armageddon. Though no-one
could actually swear to it, it looked
Items Covered This Month
•
Grundig ST84-796-9 TOP
LOG (CUC 6380 chassis)
•
Grundig Vision II LXW 689620 Dolby G1 chassis
•
Hewlett Packard f1703
(P9620A) computer monitor
•
Apple Mac Studio Display
17-inch monitor M7649
as though a mains plugpack or an
extension lead had been the cause but
there just wasn’t enough evidence left
to confirm this.
Immediately adjacent to the seat of
the fire were the remains of an elaborate computer system. I was asked to
give an insurance estimate for some
of the items that were damaged and
was also asked to see if I could recover any of the data on some of the
computers.
The first item was a 2Gb USB2 fast
external hard drive in an aluminium
case. This had copped a lot of heat and
the plastic had melted and burnt on
both ends of the metal case and had
to be cut away. Eventually, I extracted
November 2007 57
Serviceman’s Log – continued
debris and flushing it with
compressed air, I sprayed
the corroded areas with a
light penetrating oil and
then blew the excess off. I
then reassembled the hard
drive and reconnected it.
This time the noise
was somewhat louder but
still nowhere near that of
a working hard drive. I
wasn’t game to remove the
main cover on the hard
drive itself as I figured this
was airtight. My feeling was
that the motor wasn’t spinning correctly and nothing
more could be done by me.
An expert would have to do
the rest.
Desktop computer
the IBM IDE hard drive and most of
the controller card.
The USB socket was too badly fried
but I managed to get a new one and fit
that. I also had to replace the red HDD
activity LED, which had melted.
After some cleaning, the controller
card came up looking pretty good. I then
connected it to one of my computers
with one of my hard drives and was
delighted to see that it worked OK.
Next, I turned my attention to the
hard disk drive inside the case. This
was still wet and was covered with all
sorts of powdered debris, despite being
deep inside the machine. I took it out
and cleaned it up using brushes and an
air compressor. It came up looking quite
good on the outside so I connected
it to the USB controller card and
plugged it into my computer.
All I got were a few faint noises from
the drive but no action. I then decided
to remove the drive’s PC board which
was held in place by six Torx screws.
Once it was out, I was annoyed to see
even more wet ash on the inside. How
on earth did this get there?
After delicately brushing out the
The desktop computer
was a Dell and had really copped a
lot of heat.
Inside, the motherboard didn’t look
too bad. The DVD and floppy drives
had been destroyed but the hard drive
looked OK. Connected to another computer, it immediately spun up OK and
the data was readable.
Unfortunately, the 20-inch Mitsubishi monitor had been totalled, along
with the keyboard and mouse , and was
simply chucked into the skip.
There were also a couple of notebooks in the room, one of which was
a write off. The other, a HP Pavilion
dv9000, was borderline. It had been
saturated with fire retardant but because the lid was down, it looked as
though only the sides needed cleaning.
After a brief clean, it actually booted
up and seemed to be working fine.
However, because it had been saturated with fire retardant, I was asked
to strip it down and clean it out.
That wasn’t as easy as it sounds.
First, nobody ever tells you about the
lingering sweet, sickly smell that permeates everything touched by smoke
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
or fire. Second, I hate doing notebook
computers at the best of times as there
are always concealed clips and screws,
plus there are millions of different
screws which all look very similar but
can only go back into their original
holes.
Anyway, I downloaded the maintenance and service guide (some 300
pages) and printed out the relevant
removal and replacement procedures.
Because the notebook was working,
I decided to strip it down just enough
so that I could see inside it and see
whether it really was damaged or
not. The really difficult part involves
removing the keyboard and later, if
necessary, the display screen, system
board and power supply.
To get to the keyboard, you first
have to remove all the drives and accessories and then remove the switch
cover on the top at the rear. This assembly is held on by six screws in
the battery compartment and then by
a lot of clips.
Once the cover was off, I could access the keyboard mounting screws
and remove it. I could then see about
50% of the computer and it didn’t look
too bad. However, the USB socket and
other sockets on the side of the case
were already beginning to corrode.
What is it with this fire retardant
foam that the fire brigade use? It is
unbelievably corrosive and conductive
too. It may put out the fire but everything else that it touches is ruined.
Once again, I used brushes and an
air-gun to clean out the gunk and afterwards applied a minute film of oil over
the contacts and metal brackets. I then
reassembled the computer and replaced
the battery. And that’s where my worst
nightmare started. As soon as the battery was replaced, smoke started to pour
out the lefthand side of the computer
near the VGA socket!
Unfortunately, the battery fitted
to this notebook is not one you can
unplug and remove easily, as there is
no finger grip available. Instead, you
have to release the battery lock, hold
the computer horizontally and literally
let the battery drop out.
Once the new fire had subsided,
Keep your copies safe
with our handy binders
Available Aust, only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per order (includes GST). Just fill in and mail the handy
order form in this issue or ring (02) 9939 3295 and quote your credit card number.
58 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
I examined the relevant area very carefully but just
could not find the source of the smoke. I then gingerly
connected the external DC power supply and noticed
smoke begin to come from under the VGA socket before
I unplugged it.
At this stage, I really had no idea what was causing this problem except that it had to be in the power
supply on the system board. So there was nothing for
it but to disassemble the whole thing.
Referring to the guide, there were four major assemblies to remove. In addition, I had to unplug lots of
extra module accessories. I started at section 5.4 and
worked through to section 5.25. Each time I took out
a part, I placed it in a box together with a bag holding
the appropriate screws.
As I peeled off the layers and got deeper and deeper
into the works, I began to see all the areas I had missed
when cleaning, especially around the edges. Eventually, I got the system board out and removed the
heatsinks and then the insulating tape covering the
power supply next to the VGA board.
Well, I looked and looked but I couldn’t see any
sign of a hot spot or fire. In fact, I had to power the
system board up again to finally locate the source of the
trouble. It was a tiny dag on the VGA support bracket
that was just touching a PC board track.
Access was very difficult but I cleaned the area up
meticulously and angle ground the metal dags off the
bracket so it didn’t touch. This stopped the pyrotechnics in their tracks – but had the computer’s electronics
been damaged? I wouldn’t be able to tell until after
another two to three hours of re-assembly.
Next I paid attention to the other areas of corrosion.
The audio board was badly corroded in and around
its connection plug and one of the tracks had actually
been “etched” open circuit by the foam. I bridged this
gap and cleaned it thoroughly.
Similarly, the power input socket and some of the
extra sockets and assemblies all around the edge of
the case required attention. That done, I then started
the tedious task of re-assembly.
However, despite all the precautions of saving
the screws with their assemblies, I found there were
discrepancies between the service manual and reality. Also many of the screws looked very similar but
weren’t. Then I had the hassle of reconnecting all the
miniature plugs and sockets. Some of the ribbon cables
were very fiddly to plug in.
Finally, when it was all back together, I had one
screw and one socket left. The only trouble was the
screw didn’t match the socket! Anyway, the notebook
was solid – nothing rattled – it would just have to
work without it.
And fortunately it did – all the functions seemed
to test OK.
It was only now that I could prepare an estimate of
the cost. I also realised that I couldn’t possibly guarantee
that the chemical reaction from the foam would stop
right there and then. In fact, it was quite likely that this
computer, now working, would be unreliable, with
repetitive failures due to continuing corrosion.
In the end, I decided that the only way out would be
to replace both the system and audio boards. However,
siliconchip.com.au
Head of the class
The R&S Range of Smart Instruments
– for education and much more
Offering high measurement quality at favorable
pricing:
u FS300 Spectrum Analyser 9 kHz to 3 GHz,
u SM300 RF Signal Generator, 9 kHz to 3 GHz
u AM300 Dual Channel Arbitrary/Function,
100 Msamples DC to 50 MHz
u UP300/350 Audio Analysers, 10 Hz to 80 kHz
Put the Smart Instruments to the test - they will pass
with flying colours! For more information contact our
sales team: sales<at>rsaus.rohde-schwarz.com
November 2007 59
Serviceman’s Log – continued
this would be more expensive than a
replacement notebook. All that hard
work for nothing!
LCD TVs & monitors
Repair work on LCD TVs and
monitors is now increasing, with
most repairs involving the backlight
inverter power supplies. These power
supplies provide the backlights with
high voltage and also crudely control
their brightness levels. As yet, I haven’t
actually had any backlights fail unless
they have been smashed due to some
sort of accident.
Recently, I had a Grundig Vision II
LXW 68-9620 Dolby using a G1 chassis
come in with “no-picture” symptoms.
However, if you shone a torch at the
right angle to the screen, you could
just discern an image.
This set has quite a large inverter
board as it had a lot of backlights. Un60 Silicon Chip
fortunately though, the service manual
shows no part of this circuit board
as it is part and parcel of the display
panel. In other words, if you can’t fix
this board, you will have to replace the
panel, which is uneconomical.
Fortunately, I could not detect +24V
on the BUI-27 connector to the inverters. This was due to a dry joint on one
side of the diode that supplies this rail
on the main board and resoldering this
fixed the problem.
I had similar symptoms on an HP
f1703 (P9620A, probably made by
Liteon) LCD computer monitor, except
that the picture was intermittent. It
would come on for 15-30 seconds and
then go off.
This monitor used an external 12V
power supply which was OK. When I
stripped it down, there were only two
boards inside for the inverters and the
video processing and scalar drivers.
I immediately went for the inverter
board, looking for dry joints on the
coils, but could find nothing. I then
searched the internet for a circuit
diagram or service manual but again
found nothing. However, I did find a
lot of hits for this very problem from
other owners.
Next, I tried to contact HP but only
got through to an Indian call centre.
They knew nothing about this problem and could only suggest I check
my screen saver. They did however
“cherish” the opportunity to help and
wished me a “blessed” day!
Almost all the hardware fixes on the
net involved completely resoldering
the four copper coils, which I did by
first removing them from their silicone
rubber bed and then resoldering them
back in position. This didn’t work and
without access to another f1703 monitor to compare voltages, I can only
conclude that it is probably something
to do with the processor board switching the inverters off.
I don’t have a circuit either and
so have been left in a rather frustrating cleft stick – at least for the
time being.
Similarly, Apple has had problems
with their Studio Display 17-inch
monitors (M7649). The symptoms
with these are uneven dull pictures
and the power light flashing.
Once again it is the inverter board
that is the problem but the modified
replacement (V041063.00M3S by MoniServ) costs US$110 plus freight.
Why can’t these companies offer
free circuit diagrams with detailed
information on how to repair or modify
these products once they are out of
warranty? If an owner doesn’t have the
technical ability to do the repairs, at
least he can supply the information to
someone who is competent to do the
work. Wishing people a blessed day
doesn’t quite cut it.
Grundig TV set
I was asked to do a service call on a
Grundig ST84-796-9 TOP LOG (CUC
6380 chassis) TV set. I don’t normally
do service calls but I made an exception in this case. This large 80cm CRT
TV was located in a home unit and
was simply too heavy to lift and take
to the workshop.
I was asked to phone before I arrived
at the block of units because of their
secure internal parking arrangements.
When I arrived, it wasn’t hard to see
siliconchip.com.au
why – the location was right
in the middle of a large
shopping centre with no
on-street parking.
Once inside the unit, I
was surprised at how quiet
and secluded it was despite
its location. I was also filled
with dismay when I realised
the set was situated in one
of those much-dreaded entertainment cabinets, with
very little access.
The problem was no
sound which is an unusual fault these days. Fortunately, I could see the
cause as soon as I got close
to the TV.
What happened was that
Rigol DS5062MA 60MHz
Rigol DS5102MA 100MHz
the mains power on/off
60MHz Bandwidth
100MHz Bandwidth
switch had been giving
1GS/s Real Time Sampling
1GS/s Real Time Sampling
trouble and wouldn’t latch
2
Channels
2 Channels
in the on position. So, to
Mono
LCD
Display
Mono LCD Display
keep the set on, the owner
4K
Memory
Per
Channel
4K Memory Per Channel
had jammed a match splin20 Automatic Measurements
20 Automatic Measurements
ter in the side of the on/off
Advanced
Triggering
on
Edge,
Advanced Triggering on Edge,
button.
Video & Pulse
Video & Pulse
Unfortunately, he didn’t
Built-in FFT
Built-in FFT
realise that this switch also
Built-in USB
Built-in USB
has a momentary switch
3 Year Warranty
3 Year Warranty
built in. This normally resets the microprocessor and
mutes the sound to prevent
ONLY $
ONLY $
ex GST
ex GST
unnecessary noises when
switching the set on or off.
SAVE $300
SAVE $200
I proved the point by
* Offer valid until 30th June 2007 or while stocks last.
removing the match and
pushing the switch in far
enough for the set to come
Melbourne Brisbane
Adelaide
Perth
Sydney
Tel 03 9889 0427
Tel 07 3275 2183
Tel 08 8260 8166
Tel 08 9361 4200
on then releasing it slightly
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 03 9889 0715
Fax 07 3275 2196
Fax 08 8260 8170
Fax 08 9361 4300
Fax 02 9550 1378
so that the momentary
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
web www.emona.com.au
switch was no longer on.
This brought the sound on
with the picture.
I told the client that I
would have to order the
switch in from Grundig and it would functions – On, Standby and Full
What was crook was the power on/off
take time. In the event, the switch Off – which could be controlled by button itself which had cracked and so
(part no. 297032917200) was no longer the remote. You only had to push the was not sitting on the switch properly.
available but as luck would have it, I switch in to go into either the full On or Once again I was left with a dilemma.
did have a 297032917204 switch in Standby modes which are controlled The faulty knob would probably work
stock.
by the remote. If you pressed the re- perfectly well super-glued to its origiBack at the customer’s unit, I man- mote’s Off button once, it would go nal switch. However I could only go
aged to rotate the set in the entertain- to Standby. If you pressed it twice, it down that path once. The knob was
ment cabinet and remove the back and would pop the switch out to Off using no longer available and once superthe main chassis. I then had to remove the solenoid.
glued on, you would never be able to
the control and display chassis to gain
The original switch looked identi- remove it if the switch failed.
access to the switch. Finally, I removed cal to the one I had (thank goodness)
In the end, I decided to replace the
the whole assembly and examined it but it also looked as though there was switch just to make sure and supercarefully.
nothing wrong with it as it was now glued the knob onto it. This fully reIt was indeed a very special switch latching properly every time outside stored the sound and it was a win-win
SC
with a solenoid built in. It had three the cabinet.
situation all around.
RIGOL SCOPES SALE
... SAVE UP TO $300
799
1,099
EMONA
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 61
Rolling Code Keyless
Entry System
Versatile IR unit also
functions as an alarm
Pt.2: By JOHN CLARKE
Last month, we described the circuitry and
gave the PC board assembly details for our
new Rolling Code Keyless Entry System.
This month, we cover the installation and
setting-up procedures and describe the
optional SOIC adaptor board, so that you
can program the PIC micro out of circuit.
H
AVING COMPLETED THE RECEIVER board assembly, as described last month, it can be housed
in a UB3-size utility box. As shown in
the photo last month, it simply clips
into place but first you will need to
drill a hole in one end for IRD1, plus
a hole in the other end for the external
wiring.
You will also have to drill matching
holes in the lid for the Ack/Power and
Arm LEDs (LEDs1 & 2).
Now for the initial set-up. First,
62 Silicon Chip
install a jumper link in the minus
(-) position for LK2. This will set the
Strike2 output to toggle mode (note:
LK2 must always have a jumper connection, either to the “+” or “-” position). Leave jumpers LK1, LK3 & LK4
out for now.
Next, set trimpots VR1 & VR2 to
mid-range. These trimpots are later
used to set the various time periods.
Transmitter set-up
At this stage, the transmitter is
already partially set up because its
identity is selected during construction. If the transmitter’s PIC microcontroller has not been programmed,
then program it now via the ICSP
connection. This connection can be
made by soldering five leads to the
transmitter’s ICSP pins and then connecting the other ends of these leads
to a 5-way ICSP socket to plug into the
PIC programmer.
After the IC has been programmed,
clip in the 12V battery and check that
the green acknowledge LED lights
when a switch is pressed.
Of course, if you buy a complete
kit, the PIC microcontroller (and the
PIC in the receiver) will be supplied
pre-programmed so you won’t have to
worry about that last step.
Testing the receiver
The receiver can now be tested.
First, with IC1 out of its socket, connect a 12V power source that can
supply at least 60mA. That done,
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS P
&
P
Fig.6: the test LEDs are connected to the receiver as shown here. Follow the
procedure in the text to synchronise the transmitters and test the receiver.
switch on and check that there is 5V
between pins 14 & 5 of the IC socket.
If this is within 10% of 5V (4.5V to
5.5V), switch off and plug IC1 into its
socket, making sure that it is correctly
orientated.
Next, wire up the test LEDs as shown
in Fig.6. These are all wired in series
with 2.2kW current limiting resistors.
Once the LEDs are wired up, apply
power and check that the receiver’s
power LED flashes briefly at about
once per second. If it does, then so
far so good.
The transmitter must now be randomised and then synchronised with
the receiver. Let’s now take a look at
these two procedures.
from operating your receiver. If randomisation is not done, there is the
real risk that someone else’s transmitter that has also not been randomised
will operate your receiver.
To randomise a transmitter, simply
connect pins 3 & 5 of its ICSP connector together and then press switch
S2. The transmit LED will flash at a
1-second rate for the duration. Release
the switch when you are ready after
anywhere from several seconds to
several minutes.
The parameters are all altered every
40ms (that’s 25,000 times a second), so
they will be different for each transmitter after even short presses.
Randomising
After randomising, the transmitter
must then be synchronised with the
receiver. To do this, disconnect pins
3 & 5 of the ICSP header and connect
pins 3 & 4 together instead. That done,
press and hold down S1 on the receiver
and then press one of the switches on
the transmitter.
The transmit LED will now flash
twice momentarily and the receiver’s
Randomisation of the transmitter
ensures that it uses a unique set of parameters to calculate the rolling code.
This procedure is important because
the original parameters programmed
in are the same for every transmitter.
Basically, you need to personalise
the parameters to prevent another
transmitter that has the same identity
Synchronising
Rolling Code Protection: Keeping It Secret
As previously noted, the Rolling Code Keyless Entry System provides a high
level of security because the transmitted code changes each time it is sent.
However, to further improve security, we have also included code protection for
both the transmitter and receiver.
Basically, code protection prevents the program and data within the PIC microcontrollers from being read by a PIC programmer. As a result, the parameters
used to calculate successive rolling codes are kept safe within the microcontrollers.
In particular, this effectively prevents a transmitter from being “interrogated”, in
order to make a duplicate transmitter that will operate the door lock.
So while the hex files can be used to program the microcontrollers, they cannot be read back once programming has been verified. The parameters used
for calculating the rolling code are then randomised in the transmitter using the
set-up procedure already described. It is these parameter and rolling code seed
values that are hidden by the code protection.
siliconchip.com.au
These binders will protect your
copies of S ILICON CHIP. They
feature heavy-board covers & are
made from a dis
tinctive 2-tone
green vinyl. They hold 12 issues &
will look great on your bookshelf.
H 80mm internal width
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A13.95 plus $A7 p&p per
order. Available only in Aust.
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 2097
Or call (02) 9939 3295; or fax (02)
9939 2648 & quote your credit
card number.
Use this handy form
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for
$________ or please debit my
Bankcard
Visa Mastercard
Card No:
_________________________________
Card Expiry Date ____/____
Signature ________________________
Name ____________________________
Address__________________________
__________________ P/code_______
November 2007 63
Table 1: Strike1 Operation (LK1)
LK1
Strike1
operates on
+
-
Open
Arm Only
Disarm
Only
Arm &
Disarm
Table 2: Strike2 Operation (LK2)
LK2
Strike2
operation
+
-
Open
Momentary
Toggle
Not valid
Table 3: LK3, VR1 & VR2 Settings
LK3
+
-
Open
Operates when
S1 pressed
VR1 sets Strike1 period
VR2 sets Strike2 period
VR1 sets Input1 delay
VR2 sets Input2 delay
VR1 sets alarm period
Notes
5V sets 64s
2.5V sets 32s
1.25V sets 16s
0.625V sets 8s
0.313V sets 4s
0.156Vsets 2s
5V sets 64s
2.5V sets 32s
1.25V sets 16s
0.625V sets 8s
0.313V sets 4s
0.156Vsets 2s
5V sets 128s
2.5V sets 64s
1.25V sets 32s
0.625V sets 18s
0.313V sets 8s
0.156Vsets 4s
acknowledge LED will flash on and off
at a 1-second rate until switch S1 on
the receiver is released.
Now remove the link between pins
3 & 4 on the transmitter’s ICSP header.
Once that’s done, you should now
find that the transmitter operates the
receiver. If it doesn’t, try synchronising again and make sure that the IR
receiver has a clear “view” of the
transmitting LED.
The above randomisation and synchronisation procedures must be done
for each new transmitter. Note that a
transmitter that has not been synchronised will not be able to operate its
receiver, even if their rolling codes are
the same. Note also that synchronising
a new transmitter prevents the use of
a previously synchronised transmitter
that has the same identity.
Next, press the main switch on
the transmitter and check that the
receiver’s Strike1 LED lights for about
five seconds. The external Arm LED
should also light, while the receiver’s
on-board Arm LED should flash with
an even on-off duty cycle. This flashing
shows the exit delay.
After about 20s, the exit delay
should expire and the Arm LED should
then flash briefly once per second.
Now check the operation of the
second (smaller) switch on the transmitter. This switch should toggle the
strike2 LED on and off with successive
pressings.
Testing the alarm
To test the alarm, arm the unit and
short Input1 on the receiver to ground
(0V) using a clip lead. The external
alarm (ALRM) LED should light after
20s and should then stay on for 60s.
You can check the operation of
the delayed exit by arming the unit
and momentarily shorting Input1 or
Input2 to 0V during the exit period.
The alarm LED should not light after
the exit period has expired.
Receiver options
The receiver can be powered from
a 12V DC plugpack or a 12V battery.
When powered by a plugpack, make
sure it can supply the necessary cur-
Where To Get The Bits
Suitable reed switch assemblies, door strikes and sirens are available
from Jaycar and Altronics.
The parts available from Jaycar include: (1) the LA-5072 normally
closed (NC) reed switch magnet assembly; (2) the LA-5078 door
strike; and (3) the LA-5255 and LA-5256 piezo sirens.
Altronics has the following: (1) the S-5173 reed switch assemblies; and (2) the S-6120A or S-6127 siren. Altronics also
stock two different door strikes – the S-5385 for wooden
door-frames and the S-5387 for metal frames.
Above right: door strikes are available from both Jaycar and Altronics.
64 Silicon Chip
rent for the electric striker and an
alarm siren if fitted. Many electric
strikes draw around 800mA, so a 1A
plugpack will be required.
Note that the armed status is stored
so that if power goes off, the armed
or disarmed mode will be returned
when power is reconnected. So if the
receiver was armed when power was
lost, then the armed mode will be restored when power is returned.
When powering from a 12V battery,
a charger should also be connected to
maintain battery charge – see Fig.7.
A 12V 350mA charger for sealed
lead-acid batteries would be suitable.
These chargers are fully automatic –
they charge the battery when required
and maintain full charge with a trickle
current. Two suitable chargers are the
Jaycar Cat. MB-3517 and Altronics
Cat. M 8520.
Depending on your application,
Strike1 can be optioned to operate on
arming, on disarming or on both arming and disarming. These options are
selected using link LK1. Table 1 shows
what each link connection does. You
may also wish to place a small buzzer
across the door strike connection to
give an audible indication of door
strike operation.
The Strike2 output can be momentarily activated when ever the
secondary switch on the transmitter
is pressed. Alternatively, it can be toggled on or off with each switch pressing. Link LK2 selects these options.
Receiver time periods
Trimpots VR1 and VR2 are used
to set the time periods for Strike1 &
Strike2, the exit and entry delays for
Input1 & Input2, and the alarm period.
Link LK3 provides the means to set
each time period – see Table 3.
With LK3 in the “+” position, VR1
and VR2 set the strike period for
Strike1 and Strike2 respectively.
Table 3 shows the various voltages that VR1 & VR2 can provide
to set the strike periods. These
voltages can be measured at TP1
for VR1 and at TP2 for VR2.
To set the strike periods, simply adjust VR1 & VR2 to the voltage
settings required and press the synchronise switch (S1) on the receiver
board.
The delayed inputs (ie, the entry
delays for Input1 & Input2) are set
when LK3 is in the “-” position. Once
again, it’s simply a matter of setting the
siliconchip.com.au
Calculating The Rolling Code
The rolling code for the infrared transmitter comprises four start bits, a 48-bit
code and four stop bits.
A calculation comprising a multiplier
and an increment value is used to generate the 48-bit code. First, you start with a
number (called the seed), then you multiply
this seed by the multiplier and then add the
increment. The result becomes the next
value for random code.
Normally, if the calculation is continued,
the random code will become larger and
larger as we multiply and then add the increment value. However, this is prevented
by limiting the actual seed value used in
the calculation to a certain width – 32 bits
in this case.
In practice then, the 24-bit multiplier
multiplies the 32-bit seed. The 8-bit increment value is then added and the result
is limited to 48-bits by eliminating the
more significant bits. This resulting 48-bit
code is the code used for the rolling code
transmission. In addition, the order of
transmission for these bits is jumbled using
an 8-bit scramble code with 32 possible
combinations.
The calculations do not necessarily produce random numbers but they do produce
variations from one transmission to the
next. However, in some cases, the result
could converge to settle at the same value
so it is important to check this and make
sure the calculations do give diverging
values each time.
To do this, the result of each calculation
is compared to the last value to ensure it
is not repeated. If the result is the same as
before, the duplicate code is not transmitted and a new calculation is made after
incrementing the result. Subsequent calculations will then begin to diverge.
Randomisation
To avoid conflict, each transmitter must
have a unique set of parameters for making
the rolling code calculations. As a result,
we have included a “randomisation”
function, whereby the multiplier value,
the increment value, the scramble value
and the seed value are all changed in a
relatively random way.
There are 16.7 million multipliers available and 54 possible increment values.
Together with the 32 scramble variations,
these provide 29 billion different combinations. In addition, the minimum multiplier
value is 8192 to ensure a significant change
in value with each calculation.
Even if two transmitters do end up with
the same parameter values, the fact that
the seed value is a part of the calculation
means that you need to be within 200 values of the correct value in order to unlock
someone else’s lock. The probability of this
is 224 divided by 200 or one in 83,000. This
is in addition to the one in 29 billion chance
of having the same parameter values!
There are up to 16 different transmitters
that can be used with the one receiver and
each transmitter uses a different set of
seed, multiplier, increment and scramble values. The transmitter sends out its
identification code that is embedded in the
rolling code, so the receiver knows which
set of values it must use in the calculation
for each transmitter.
When the transmitter is sending synchronising code to the receiver, it sends the
8-bit identifier, the 24-bit seed, the 24-bit
multiplier, the 8-bit increment value and the
8-bit scramble values. The identifier value
is also stored so that the receiver knows
that this identity has been synchronised.
An identity that has not been synchronised
will not operate the receiver.
Once the receiver has these parameters,
the transmitter and receiver will remain in
lock because they use the same calculation
values.
Fig.7: here’s how to connect the receiver in a typical installation. Note that you can use both NO (normally open) and
NC (normally closed) sensors on the alarm inputs (Input1 & Input2). The battery charger keeps the battery topped up.
voltages at TP1 & TP2 and pressing S1
to set the values.
Finally, when LK3 is out, VR1 sets
the alarm period (VR2’s setting is
ignored). Just set the required voltage
at TP1 and press S1 to program the
period in.
siliconchip.com.au
Note that because pressing switch
S1 programs in the timing adjustments, synchronisation will also alter
the timing. This means that if you synchronise a transmitter to the receiver
at a later date, you will have to make
sure that VR1 & VR2 are in the correct
positions for the LK3 option selected
before pressing S1.
In practice, this just means leaving VR1, VR2 and LK3 in their final
positions after you finish the timing
adjustments. That way, if you synchronise a transmitter later on, the last set
November 2007 65
Fig.8: the IR receiver (IRD1) can be connected via twincore shielded cable as shown here.
Above: you can
buy both NO &
NC reed switch
assemblies.
is included as a short cut to
locking out all identities.
If one transmitter is locked
out and a second one also needs
to be locked out, the power will
have to be switched off and links LK1LK4 repositioned for that transmitter
identity. The power must then be reapplied with S1 pressed.
Once the lockout procedure has
been completed, you must relocate
links LK1-LK4 to their correct positions for the receiver functions that
you wish to select. It is then best to test
that everything is correct by pressing
the switches on another (non-lockedout) transmitter and verifying that the
receiver operates as expected.
Undoing lockout
Fig.9: here’s how to wire the two different sensor types (NO & NC) to the
alarm inputs on the receiver board.
timing values are simply reset to the
same values.
Arm output option
Link LK4 sets the arm output option
– see Table 4. When LK4 is in the “+”
position, the Arm output is low on
Table 4: Arm Output (LK2)
LK4
+
-
Arm output low on Arm output open on
arm, open on disarm arm, low on disarm
Table 5: Receiver Lockout Selections
Lockout
Identity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
66 Silicon Chip
+
+
-
arm and open on disarm. Conversely,
when LK4 is in the “+” position, the
Arm output is open on arm and low
on disarm. It all depends on how you
intend to use this output as to which
option you choose.
Receiver lockout
Any transmitter that has been synchronised can later be locked out from
operating the receiver. This is done by
setting links LK1, LK2, LK3 & LK4 in
the receiver and pressing switch S1
during power up.
Table 5 shows the link options for
each transmitter identity. Note that
these link settings correspond exactly
to the links used in the transmitter to
set the transmitter identity
When lockout is performed, the
power LED flashes the identity number to indicate that the procedure has
been successfully completed. So, for
example, if you lock-out an identity 3
transmitter, the power LED will flash
three times at a nominal 1s rate before
a 4s break until S1 is released.
When S1 is released, the receiver
then operates normally but with the
selected transmitter now locked out.
If S1 is held closed, the cycle of
LED flashing continues. At the end of
the third cycle, all identities will be
locked out and the power LED will
stay lit until S1 is released. This feature
It’s easy to get a locked out transmitter to operate the receiver again
(ie, to unlock it). Just synchronise the
transmitter with the receiver and all
will be back to normal.
Installation
The Rolling Code Keyless Entry
System is suitable for use in homes,
factories and cars. Fig.7 shows how to
wire the unit for a typical installation.
Note that IRD1 must be shielded from
direct sunlight, otherwise the reception range will be severely affected.
In some cases, it may be necessary
to connect the infrared receiver (IRD1)
via extended leads using twin-core
shielded cable (eg, if the receiver is
mounted on one side of a wall but infrared reception is needed on the other
side). Fig.8 shows how this is done.
The two alarm inputs (Input1 & Input2) can be used in conjunction with
reed switch magnet assemblies that
change state when a door or window
is opened or closed. You can use either normally closed (NC) or normally
open (NO) types.
As shown in Fig.9, NC types are
connected in series, while NO types
are connected in parallel. However,
for best security use only one sensor
per input.
Alternatively, you can use a PIR
detector or a glass breakage detector
on one or both of the inputs.
Errata: the PIC16F828A-20/SO specified for IC1 in the transmitter parts list
last month should be a PIC16F628A-20/
SO. Also, IC1 on the receiver parts
overlay (Fig.6) should be a PIC16F88SC
I/P (not PIC18F88-I/P).
siliconchip.com.au
PIC Programmer SOIC Converter
Programming 18-lead surface-mount SOIC
PIC microcontrollers can be a quite difficult
because access to the leads is not that easy.
This adaptor PC board accepts 18-pin SOIC
PIC microcontrollers and plugs directly into a
conventional PIC programmer.
Most people will buy a kit for this
project and the PIC micros used in
the transmitter and receiver will come
pre-programmed. But what if you want
to program them yourself?
One way of programming the SOIC
(surface-mount) PIC16F628A –20/
SO used in the transmitter is to use
the In-Circuit Serial Programming
(ICSP) header on the PC board. Basically, you have to connect the Vdd,
Vss, MCLR, RB6 & RB7 pins on the
processor to the +5V, 0V, Vpp, clock
and data ICSP connections on a PIC
programmer. However, this technique
is only good for assembled PC boards
(assuming ICSP connections are
available on the PIC programmer).
(eg, a clothes peg or a bulldog clip).
The SOIC Converter then plugs into
the PIC programmer, after which
programming is carried out in the
normal manner.
Converter board
Circuit details
If you want to program an SOIC
PIC out of circuit (eg, for production
runs) some other method is needed.
This SOIC Converter board solves
the problem. It provides a means to
connect the pins on the SOIC PIC
to a standard 18-pin DIP socket on
a PIC programmer.
In use, the SOIC PIC is positioned
on the converter board and held
in place using a spring-loaded clip
Fig.10 shows the circuit for the
SOIC Converter. There’s not much to
it – just two 9-pin SIL headers and a
100nF capacitor. The SIL header pins
connect to the Vss, Vdd, Vpp, RB6 &
RB7 pins of the SOIC device.
No provision has been made for
Low Voltage Programming because
the LVP pin varies between different
processors. The 100nF capacitor
bypasses the 5V supply.
Parts List
1 PC board, code 04211071, 29
x 48mm
1 100nF monolithic ceramic capacitor (code 104 or 100n)
2 9-way header strips with
2.54mm spacing
1 80mm length of 0.7mm tinned
copper wire
Fig.10: the SOIC Converter uses just
two 9-pin SIL headers and a 100nF
capacitor.
The PC board (coded 04211071
and measuring 29 x 48mm) is assembled by first installing the three
links on the non-copper side of the
PC board – see Fig.11. The two 9-way
header strips are then installed and
soldered in place.
Finally, the 100nF capacitor is
mounted on from the copper side of
the board – see photo.
Note that the power must always be
off when mounting the SOIC device
SC
or removing it from the board.
Below: the SOIC device
is held in place for
programming using a
spring-loaded clip.
Fig.11: assemble
the SOIC Converter
as shown here.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 67
N
A
T
A
H
G
W
N
I
Z
A
!
M
R
A OFFE
Agilent Technologies
Buy yourself one of the world’s most
versatile digital multimeters – the incredible
Agilent U1252A True RMS – between now and
December 31 2007, and you’ll also enjoy a FREE
12-month subscription to SILICON CHIP –
Australia’s world-class electronics magazine!*
SEE
THE REVIEW
IN APRIL 2
SILICON CH0I07
P!
* offer valid only in Australia. If you are already
a subscriber this can be made a gift subscription
That’s right: a bonus valued at $89.50, yours free of charge when you buy the Agilent U1252A DMM!
It’s so much more than just a DMM – look at these specs:
FEATURES:
* True RMS measurements
* 20 MHz frequency counter
* Up to 0.025% basic DCV accuracy
* Programmable square wave generator
* Frequency, temperature and capacitance
measurements
* 50,000 counts resolution on both displays
* IR to USB connectivity (optional U1173A
connectivity cable sold separately)
* -20°C to + 55°C operating temperature
* Category III 1000V safety compliance
* 100 manual data storage points and
unlimited data logging points when
connected to a PC
Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50000 counts
Basic DCV accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.025%
Displays (50,000 count) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual
True RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC + DC
Capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10nF to 100µF
Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500MΩ
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5Hz to 500kHz
Math Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Frequency Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5Hz to 20MHz
Programmable square wave generator . . . . . . . . . 0.5Hz to 4800Hz
Data logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 points (manual)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 points (interval)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unlimited (PC)
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 C to +55 C
Safety compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cat III 1000V
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NiMH Rechargeable with power adapter
I/O interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IR to USB(optional)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.5 x 94.4 x 59.0mm
Approximate weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527g
Here’s how to take advantage of this amazing
offer!
WA,
NT,
SA:
ACT, NSW, QLD, TAS & VIC:
CALL!
FAX:#
BY PHONE:*
TRIOBY(02)SMARTCAL
PTY LTD OR MEASUREMENT INNOVATION PTY LTD
9939 2648
(02) 9939 3295
FAX!
24 Hours 7 Days
9-4 Mon-Fri
PHONE: 1300
853 407 FAX: 1300 853 409
EMAIL! C sales<at>triosmartcal.com.au
<at>68 S
www.triosmartcal.com.au
ONLINE!
ilicon
hip
PHONE: 08 9437 2550 FAX: 08 9437 2551
info<at>measurement.net.au
siliconchip.com.au
www.measurement.net.au
Even though SILICON
CHIP publishes most
PC board patterns and/
or has them available for
download, making your own
PC boards has for many been
put in the “too hard” basket.
Here’s one reader’s way of
producing commercial-quality
PC boards at home. He starts
off by building an exposure
light box with timer.
by
Robert Scott
I
have been using Autotrax*
1.61 to design
PC boards for my own
creations for a few years
now, ever since it became
available at the right price
(free!). Before that I used Easytrax* and way in the past I used
Bishop Graphics tapes and pads.
That at least got me a PC board artwork.
Now the challenge was to convert that to a
PC board.
I tried using “PressnPeel”, a photo-sensitive film
which transfers a toner direct to the PC board surface
using a hot iron. This then acts as the resist for etching.
However, despite the glowing reports I’ve seen on this product
on the ’net, I found it had its limitations.
First, the blank PC board must be extremely clean for the toner imsiliconchip.com.au
November 2007 69
D1–D4: 1N4004
A
REG1 7805
OUT
GND
100nF
MMC
100nF
MMC
IN
T1
K
+16V K
A
K
A
NEUTRAL
6V
240V
6V
2200 F
25V
1A FUSE
K
A
ACTIVE
+5V
CON4
14
+5V
6
1
2
3
2
1
18
17
6
7
8
4
7
8
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
RB0
MCLR
4
5
4.7k
5
CON3
B
IC1
RB1 PIC16F84–04
RB2
11
RB5
9
RB3
10
RB4
16
OSC1
3
RA4
13
15
RB7
OSC2
12
RB6
Vss
9
10
11
12
Q6
BC557
Vdd
E
C
C
E
Q5
BC547
RLY1
K
100nF
250VAC
X2 TYPE
D5
1N4004
B
A
LOAD
(FLUORO
TUBE
CIRCUITS)
10k
10k
10k
C
B
Q7
BC337
E
X1 4MHz
22pF
22pF
4
3
2
1
220
100nF
MMC
CON2
11
6
3
16
3
14
10
1
13
7
12
6
10
9
8
7
IC2
4511B
11
4
7
10
2
5
9
1
6
4
5
9
4
2
2
1
15
10
a
f
g
e
b
f
6
e
2
B
E
C
2
1
8
Q1
BC557
B
LED1
c
d
1
K
8
8
LED2
C
K
B
E
C
Q3
BC557
E
B
C
Q4
BC557
K
7805
BC337, BC547,
BC557
2
1
150
A
TIMER
RUNNING
LED4
SET
TIME
S3
START
TIMER
S2
SELECT
S1
LIGHT BOX CONTROL TIMER
GND
B
E
C
IN
GND
K
SC
2
b
A
4
3
2007
g
e
4
c
K
A K
E
f
6
d
A
a
7
b
g
e
4
c
K
Q2
BC557
f
6
d
1
K
g
10
a
7
b
DISP4
9
10
a
7
4
c
d
SECONDS
DISP3
9
8
150
CON1
DISP2
9
8
12
STBY
LED3
MINUTES
DISP1
7 x 47
OUT
LEDS
K
A
1N4004
A
K
Fig.1: the light box controller is built on two PC boards and this circuit diagram is split in two vertically, each part
containing the contents of one of the boards. They are joined by two short cables, one 4-way and one 12-way, which
plug into connectors 1/3 and 2/4 respectively.
70 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
age on the film to stick to it. Second,
if the PC board artwork is quite a bit
larger than the iron then it is hard to
get the blank board up to the correct
temperature all over for the toner to
stick again.
Quite often you would pull away
the film only to be left with a result
where, Dalo pen in hand, you would
have to repair the pattern as best you
could.
It wasn’t a very satisfactory situation
and to make matters worse, PressnPeel
at a retail level adds quite a lot to the
finished board cost.
The good news is that I have heard
sodium hydroxide works just as well.
The bad news is that I have not been
able to get sodium hydroxide anywhere down here in Tasmania yet so
I cannot verify if the above is true.
Editor’s note: at SILICON CHIP we have
been producing one-off PC boards using Kinsten pre-coated blanks for some
years (in fact, we published a feature
on it in March 2001) and had heard
exactly the same thing.
We can confirm that properly diluted sodium hydroxide will develop
Kinsten boards perfectly. Too strong a
solution and the whole image washes
straight off. Too weak and nothing
happens. Experimentation is a wonderful teacher. Incidentally, we found
that sodium hydroxide is not difficult
to obtain from specialist chemical
supply houses here in Sydney.
OK, with the availability of the
blank board and suitable UV lamps the
next step was finding a way to transfer
the computer-generated PC board pattern to a transparency through which
the Kinsten coated blank boards could
be exposed. The idea is to have as high
a contrast as possible – black blacks
and clear “whites”.
The problem with most printers,
especially printing onto transparency
film (eg, overhead projector film) is
that the blacks are anything but. Hold
one up to the light and you’ll see what
I mean.
If you are very accurate, to some
degree this can be alleviated by us-
Pre-coated boards
I had been looking for a source of
relatively cheap, photo-resist coated
blank board and found it in “Kinsten”
positive acting photo-resist coated PC
board.
Kinsten coated PC boards are available in both SRBP and fiberglass,
single or double-sided and in a variety of sizes, from several sources – I
obtained mine from KALEX (718 High
Street Rd Glen Waverley Vic 3150. Ph
03 98020788). They can also supply
via mail order.
Also available from Kalex are the
8W UV lamps used in this project at
$9.75 each plus GST. The developing
solution for this resist is available too.
While it appears to be just plain old
sodium hydroxide (NaOH; caustic
soda), it is actually sodium metasilicate, mixed at 50g per litre of water. A
50g pack will cost $2.50 plus GST.
ing two sheets. I get very good results
from two toner-coated transparencies
from a laser printer stuck together with
thin double sided tape. I haven’t tried
inkjet transparencies or even know if
this is possible with inkjet. I find a
good HP or Canon laser printer such
as the LaserJet 4 or Cannon LBP 1260
does the job admirably.
I have one of each of these; even the
LaserJet II or III will do. These can be
obtained quite cheaply second-hand
and refurbishing the cartridge is quite
easy, even if rather messy.
Editor’s note: inkjet prints can be
just as good as, if not better than,
laser prints. However, the problem of
non-black blacks still exists. Incidentally, great results can be achieved by
printing onto plain bond paper – with
an appropriate increase in exposure
time.
Exposing PC boards
The Kinsten coated boards are
exposed by shining UV light through
the artwork transparency. The clear
part of the transparency “softens” the
emulsion on the PC board, which is
then “developed” away with the sodium hydroxide solution mentioned
earlier.
Two problems exist. One is to keep
the PC board pattern transparency in
intimate contact with the board so
that there is no light “scatter”, causing
break-up of tracks. Even the thickness
of the film itself can cause problems, so
the image on the film should always be
BALLAST 1
(EC13 OR SIMILAR)
12-WAY
CABLE
8W UV FLUORO
4–20W
STARTER
CON2
TIMER
MODULE
siliconchip.com.au
4–20W
8W UV FLUORO
4–20W
MAINS
INPUT
STARTER
BALLAST 2
(EC13 OR SIMILAR)
4-WAY
CABLE
Fig.2: Light Box mains wiring. The
two PC board modules control two
sets of two 8W fluoro blacklight
tubes, as shown here. Incidentally,
with suitable mains insulation,
these modules could also be used
as a general-purpose timer.
8W UV FLUORO
NEUTRAL
ACTIVE
CON3
CON1
TIMER
CONTROL
MODULE
CON4
LOAD
STARTER
A
N
E
8W UV FLUORO
EARTH CONNECTED
TO METAL CHASSIS
4–20W
STARTER
November 2007 71
Outline of the project
CON4
4004
4004
4004
4004
22pF
ALTRONICS
P2037A
TERMINAL
BLOCK
SEC
BC547
10k
Q5
CON3
Q7
BC337
E
SEC
NC
D5
10k
X2 TYPE
C
BC557
BC557
Q1
1
4511B
47
47
IC2
47
47
47
CON2
47
47
100nF
220
LED3
Y BT S
150
NRG
N
O
LED4
BC557
BC557
Q3
Q2
ACTIVE
240V
NEUTRAL
LOAD
(TO
FLUORO
TUBES)
100nF 250VAC
NO
BC557
1
ALTRONICS 7012
ALTRONICS
S 4170A
B
10k
Q6
T1
RLY1
C
CON5
IC1
4.7k
100nF
COVERED
M205
FUSE (1A)
(ALTRONICS
S5985)
REG1
7805
22pF
X1
16F84
4.00MHz
+
100nF
Q4
88 88
LED1
+
+
LED2
DISP3
DISP2
DISP1
TS3
ES
TRS2
ATS
DISP4
T CS1
ELES
DER
CON1
150
7 0 B EF 8 2
L T C R E MI T
Figs 3 & 4, the component overlays for the Exposure Controller (top) and the display
board/timer controller (bottom). CON5 should be a 3-way terminal block, as shown.
The electronics side of the
project consists of two PC boards, each
120 x 64mm. One is for the timer lamp
control and power supply, the other
the timer control and display panel.
One of these is mounted on standoffs on the underside of a folded
aluminium chassis, which also contains the fluorescent tube ballasts and
starters. The other is mounted on the
side of (and through) the lightbox
so that its LED displays and setting
pushbuttons are all accessible and
viewable from outside.
On the top side of the chassis are
mounted the eight “tombstones”
which hold four 8W NEC fluorescent
“blacklight” (UV) tubes. These are not
like the deep purple (almost black)
blacklight tubes you see in clubs and
discos. Instead, these are described as
“actinic blue” and appear white when
off but are very strong in UV as well
as visible blue light when on.
This chassis is secured by screws
in a wooden box, outside dimensions
360 x 120 x 100mm, which has a
72 Silicon Chip
D1–D4
2200 F
1
on the PC board side, ie, “emulsion to emulsion.”
The second problem is to keep
the amount of UV exposure constant in both time and strength,
so that results are consistent.
Various methods of exposure
have been tried over the years
– including using the very high
UV content of sunlight. But this
highlights problem two – the
sun’s strength varies according
to time of day, cloud cover, latitude, pollution levels, etc!
The answer is to use a dedicated light box. With a timer,
the exposure could be set. With
pressure applied to the transparency, the two parts could be
held together properly.
I thought I would see if a light
box project was feasible. First
thing? Check the net!
There appeared to be a lot of
info but only one with anything
like what I was looking for. It
consisted of a PIC16F84 programmed as a timer with a basic
circuit displaying on 7 segment
displays. While it held promise,
I believed that with redesign of
the firmware for the PIC and
particularly the hardware would
make it much better.
6mm glass pane located in a channel
in the sides of the box, which places
it about 25mm above the fluorescent
tubes. There is a hinged lid on the
box which has a piece of 6mm foam
covered with felt glued to its underside. When the lid is locked closed,
the foam and felt force the PC board
(and the transparency underneath it)
hard against the glass pane.
This ensures that the blank board
and the transparency have intimate
contact with one another so that the
image on the transparency accurately
transfers to the blank PC board.
The circuit
Fig.1 shows the wiring of the exposure lamps, ballasts and starters, under
the control of the timer PC board.
Power is switched to the fluoro
tubes via a mains-rated relay, under
the control of the PIC and switching
transistors.
The four UV tubes are arranged
in two identical parallel circuits,
shown in Fig.2. Each one consists
of two lamps, two starters and a ballast all in series. The starters are the
4-20W (more sensitive type) for the
lower level currents involved with
8W tubes.
It’s a little unusual to have two
tubes share one ballast, so a word of
explanation might be necessary.
When power is applied, both
starters will arc and close due to the
internal bimetallic strip. The tube
heaters will heat up and the inductor
(ballast) will build up a 50Hz varying
magnetic field. When one of the starters cool down and open the magnetic
field round the inductor will collapse
causing a somewhat large EMF to be
developed across the inductor. This
will appear across the open starter
and its associated tube.
The gas inside the tube will ionise
and the tube will strike. Once any
fluorescent tube strikes, the voltage
dropped across it due to current flowing through it is much reduced. If the
siliconchip.com.au
There are some differences between these photos and the final version – specifically the mains connector, the fuse type, suppressor capacitor and the relay.
other starter then opens induced EMF
across the inductor again will strike
the second tube.
All this happens rather fast and
both tubes should be glowing within
a second or so.
Sometimes both starters open
nearly simultaneously and the startup
strikes occur together. This type of
circuit is possible with low wattage
tubes as the distance between tube
heaters is small compared to say, a
36W standard lighting fluorescent
and the voltage drop is small.
The PC boards
Two PC boards are used, sharing
functions between them.
The control/display PC board is
connected to the timer board with
12-way and 4-way cables. I used these
as it was easier to design and make
single-sided PC boards to suit these
than it was to make a double-sided
board with a dual-in-line 16-pin plug.
Because these are all on the lowsiliconchip.com.au
voltage side of the circuit, ordinary
hookup wire or even rainbow cable
can be used here.
The timer PC board is screwed to a
small panel of 1mm aluminium with
stand-off’s. Cutouts and holes are
required in the panel for the standoff’s, LEDs, 7-segment displays and
pushbutton switches. This panel is
then screwed to the left side of the
light box with a cutout to suit.
Looking now at Figs. 2 and 3, power
is supplied to the circuit via a 1A fuse,
PC-mounted transformer, (240V to
two 6V windings, eg, Altronics 7012).
Both 6V windings are connected in
series, rectified and filtered, resulting
in an unregulated DC supply of about
16V or so.
The unregulated supply is used to
power the switching relay and also
fed to a 5V voltage regulator (REG1,
7805). This provides the timer with
a 5V regulated supply.
Most of the timer operation is carried out by the programmed PIC16F84
so the circuit is not as complicated
as it would otherwise be if hardware
alone did the task.
The PIC’s clock is set at 4MHz by
crystal X1. Pins 17,18,1,2 (RA0 to
RA3) send multiplexed BCD data to
the display board via P4-P2. Pins 6
to 9 (RB0 to RB3) send multiplexed
data to transistors Q1 to Q4 (display
drivers) on the display board via P4P2. Pin 11, RB5, is normally held low
in standby.
When the timer is counting down
it goes high, biasing on Q7 (BC337)
which pulls in RLY1 (supplying
power to the fluorescent tubes), at the
same time biasing Q5 (BC547) on and
Q6 (BC557) off.
These in turn extinguish standby
LED3 and turn on running LED4.
When the timer has completed the
countdown RB5 goes low, which turns
off Q7 and turns on Q5 and Q6. Relay
RL1 opens, the timer LED4 goes out
and standby LED3 comes back on.
Pin 3, RA4, connects to the select
switch via P3-P1; a pull-up resistor is
required here. Pin 12, 13 (RB6, RB7)
connect to the set and start switches
(S3, S2) respectively.
Pin 10 (RB4) provides a positive
pulse every second while the timer
is active and this pulse is fed to two
LEDs in series via a 220Ω resistor.
These form a “colon” between the
minutes and seconds LCD digits.
Making the chassis
Aluminium was chosen for the
chassis as it is easy to work with and
some UV light will reflect from this,
distributing the UV fairly well through
the artwork. The chassis is bent in a
“U” shape with holes and slots cut out
for the various components.
The layout is shown in Fig. 7,
reproduced a little under half size.
Ideally, the chassis should be bent to
shape with a sheet metal folder but
good results can be had with 25mm
angle iron and a sturdy vice.
The aluminium sheet size is 320
x 265mm and the sheet can be 1 to
1.6 mm thick.
Making the Box
Once the chassis is made then the
box can be made to fit. I made my box
from 17mm plywood, 100mm high.
A plywood lid was made to suit from
the same material.
A sheet just over 600 x 470mm (to
allow for saw cuts) will achieve miniNovember 2007 73
Parts List – PC Board Light Box
1 PC board, 120 x 64mm, code 10111071
1 PC board, 120 x 64mm, code 10111072
1 aluminium sheet, 155 x 80mm x ~1-1.5mm (for front panel) with label
1 aluminium sheet, 300 x 320mm (thickness 1-1.6mm) (for chassis)
1 240V to 12V (2x6V) PC board mounting mains transformer (eg, Altronics M-7012A)
1 12V SPDT PC board-mounting relay with mains-rated contacts (eg, Altronics S-4170A)
1 4MHz crystal (X1)
1 covered M205 fuseholder, PC board mounting (eg Altronics S5985)
1 1A M205 fuse
3 pushbutton membrane switches, PC board mounting (eg, Altronics S-1135)
3 16-pin machine IC socket
1 18-pin machine IC socket
1 4-pin 90° PC board male socket (eg, Altronics P5514)
1 12-pin 90° PC board male socket (eg, Altronics P5522)
1 4-pin straight PC board male socket (eg, Altronics P5494)
1 12-pin straight PC board male socket (eg, Altronics P5502)
2 4-pin plugs
2 12-pin plugs
1 300mm length 4-wire cable (either rainbow cable or individual wires)
1 300mm length 12-wire cable (either rainbow cable or individual wires)
1 3-way mains-rated PC board mounting terminal block (eg, Altronics P2037A)
1 sheet 17mm plywood, ~600 x 470mm and 17mm iron-on edge veneer
1 sheet 3mm plywood, ~360 x 270mm (for base)
1 sheet 335 x 245 x 6mm clear glass (no flaws, scratches or tinting)
1 sheet 320 x 230 x ~7mm foam plastic (high density if possible)
1 sheet 320 x 230mm felt
1 piece red transparent plastic, 65 x 20 x ~1.5mm (for display lens)
2 hinges for lid
4 rubber feet
4 8W UV (actinic blue) fluorescent tubes (eg, NEC blacklight FL8BL or similar)
8 miniature fluoro tube holders, type ST 268 (known as “tombstones”),
4 fluorescent starter holders (HPM 390 or similar)
4 4-20W fluorescent starters (Osram ST151 or similar)
2 13W fluorescent ballasts (EC13 or similar)
1 3-core mains lead fitted with 3-pin plug.
1 mains cord clamp
1 earth lead lug (crimp-on preferred)
Electrical parts, including the
Lengths mains-rated hookup wire for fluoro tube, ballast and starter wiring
miniature tube holders (“tombstones”), ballasts, etc are fairly
Semiconductors
common items available from
1 PIC16F84-4, loaded with light_box_timer.hex (IC1)
(or ordered via) most electrical
1 4511 7-segment display driver (IC2)
wholesalers.
1 7805 5V regulator (REG1) with U-shaped heatsink
5 BC557 or BC558 transistors (Q1-Q4, Q6)
The 8W “blacklight” fluorescent
1 BC547 or BC548 transistor (Q5)
tubes are not so common but
1 BC337 or BC338 transistor (Q7)
should also be available from
2 3mm red LEDs (LED1, 2)
major electrical wholesalers
1 5mm green LED (LED3)
(even if on special order).
1 5mm red LED (LED4)
Those used in the prototype
4 1N4004 1A silicon diodes (D1-D4)
were obtained from KALEX,
4 0.5-inch 7-segment common cathode displays (DISP1-4)
718 High St, Glen Waverley,
(eg, Jaycar ZD1855 or Altronics Z0190)
Vic 3150. Tel (03) 9802 0788.
Capacitors
1 2200mF 25V electrolytic
* Autotrax and Easytrax PC
4 100nF monolithic
board layout software are avail1 100nF 250VAC X2 TYPE
able as free downloads from
2 22pF ceramic
www.altium.com/Community/
Support/Downloads/
Resistors (0.5W, 1%)
3 10kW
1 4.7kW
1 220W
1 150W
8 47W
74 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
mum wastage. The two sides and two
ends need a slot cut in them, about
7mm down from the top, to accommodate the glass plate.
There has to be a slot about 6mm
down from the top of the box to fit the
glass plate. This is best done with a
router using a ¼” (6.5mm) bit. Cut the
slot about the same depth (6.5mm). As
you are not removing much wood this
can be done with one cut. The slot can
also be cut with a circular saw if you
are experienced enough – a router is
better though and they can be obtained
very cheaply these days.
As the smallest router bit I had was
¼”, the glass plate had to be the same
thickness, ¼” or 6.5mm. This was
a fortunate accident, because that’s
about the right thickness for stability but not too thick to have to worry
about UV absorption in the glass. It
is important that the glass does not
have any scratches or imperfections
as these will surely show up in your
finished PC boards.
Below: the completed Light Box
with its plywood base removed. The
second PC board is on the left side.
siliconchip.com.au
Is Ultraviolet light dangerous?
From time to time warnings appear about the dangers of UV light. Even
as we go
to press, UV tanning salons have been implicated in at least one recent death
through
melanoma (skin cancer).
From the outset, let’s state that staring at any light, especially intense light,
is not
good for the eyes. Very bright light, especially if strong in ultraviolet wavelen
gths in
particular, is known to cause eye discomfort and damage.
Ultraviolet light is generally regarded as having a wavelength from about 200
to 400nm
(nanometres). This is further divided into three sub-bands, UV-C, UV-B and
UV-A.
UV-C (200-280nm) has the shortest wavelength and is often used as a germ
killer
or steriliser. It is regarded as dangerous stuff! Anything which emits UV-C
usually has
interlocks to prevent accidental exposure to the eyes or skin.
UV-B (280-320nm) has a longer wavelength and is considered less dangero
us but
exposure can redden and possibly burn the skin and may cause damage to
the retina.
UV-A has a longer wavelength again (320 to 400nm) and is considered less
dangerous again.
Prolonged exposure to UV-B and perhaps to UV-A are acknowledged to cause
skin
damage and possibly promote skin cancers as well as eye damage. But the
vast majority
of references point to UV-B light as the bogey.
The NEC FL8BL blacklight lamps used in this project emit mostly UV-A, with
a peak
wavelength of 365nm (which also explains why there is so much visible blue
light from
them). They are in fact the same as (or similar to) the blue lamps used in bug
zappers.
Ideally, you should avoid long exposure, especially of the eyes, to any UV (or
indeed any
strong light). But the high wavelength of these tubes, their low power (all four
combined
are less than a single 36W fluoro tube), the fact that there is a sheet of UV-abso
rbing
glass above them and the very intermittent nature of exposing PC boards
using them
means that they are reasonably safe.
Having said all that, keep children away and don’t let your teenage daughte
r use this
as a mini face-tanning centre! If you are still concerned, a mains-rated interlock
switch
(eg, a microswitch operated by the lid) could be fitted in series with the
active wires
going to the ballasts.
November 2007 75
Fig. 7: here’s how
to fold and cut the
aluminium chassis,
looking from the
underside.
The only critical
positions are the
notches for the
tombstones which
must of course line up
with each other. The
PC board, ballasts
and starter holders
can be placed in
approximately the
positions shown.
320mm
20mm
BEND UP 90
o
37mm
TIMER
PC BOARD
*
STARTER
STARTER
#
#
#
*
50mm
BALLAST
*
*
#
225mm
50mm
# PRECISE
POSITION
NOT
IMPORTANT
* 8 SLOTS FOR
TOMBSTONES
19 x 16mm
IN POSITIONS
SHOWN
*
*
BALLAST
#
50mm
*
*
STARTER
STARTER
#
37mm
BEND UP 90
20mm
With the dimensions shown, the
glass plate will be 6mm all round
greater than the box internal, the
chassis is 225mm wide by 320mm
long, therefore it follows that the glass
plate will be 237 x 332mm.
Of course this all depends on your
carpentry skills. I used iron-on veneer
on the cut edges of plywood and varnished the whole assembly with Estapol. This makes the job attractive as
well as functional. Ply was used rather
than straight wood as this tends to be
truer so the pieces fit together better.
The lid is a single piece of plywood,
the same size as the box and again
finished with iron-on veneer. It is
attached to the box with two mediumsized hinges.
Inside the lid a piece of 6mm high
density foam plastic, covered with
self-adhesive felt on one side, was
stuck into place with double sided
tape to fit into the space between the
top of the box and the glass.
Its size, 320 x 230mm, allows it
to clear the box edges as the lid is
76 Silicon Chip
closed and press down hard on the
blank PC board to hold it flat against
the artwork.
Assembling the PC boards
Solder the 3 links on the display
board first, followed by the resistors, IC socket, displays, sockets and
capacitors.
The same order applies for the
timer/power supply – the lowest profile components first and highest last.
300mm lengths of 12-wire cable and
4-wire cables using rainbow cable or
single hookup wire lengths has to be
made in order to connect the display/
control board to the timer board.
Do not solder the LEDs into the
display PC board yet.
Putting it all together
All components can now be fitted
to the chassis as per Fig.4 and wired
as per wiring schematic Fig.3. Be very
careful in wiring the mains-carrying
cable – that is to all the fluorescent
tube holders, starters and ballasts.
#
o
Mains wiring may be taken directly
to the block connector on the timer
PC board, with the switched active
connected to the rest of the circuit.
Use single-core 10A lighting wire for
wiring the lighting circuit up. That’s
not because there are heavy currents
involved, it’s for the safety afforded
by the cable’s insulation.
Connections to the tombstones are
achieved by pushing the stripped
cable into the hole provided. The
wires are locked into place by a spring
loaded clamp and once they are in it
is difficult to pull them back out again
so try not to make mistakes. Make
doubly and triply sure, however, that
all strands of the wires have gone
into the hole and none poke out to
possibly short to the chassis.
Make sure you earth the chassis via
the earth wire on the mains 3-core
cable and plug.
The connections to the starter
holders are achieved by a clamping
screw.
A rectangular cutout will have
siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
Order
Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
www.siliconchip.com.au
PRICE GUIDE: SUBSCRIPTIONS
YOUR DETAILS
(Note: all subscription prices include P&P).
(Aust. prices include GST)
Your Name________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Organisation (if applicable)___________________________________________
Please state month to start.
Australia: 1 yr ...................... $A89.50
1 yr + binder ....................... $A105
NZ (air): 1 yr ....................... $A96
Overseas (air): 1 yr ............. $A135
2 yrs ...................... $A172
2 yrs + 2 binders .... $A203
2 yrs ...................... $A190
2 yrs ...................... $A260
Address__________________________________________________________
PRICE GUIDE: OTHER PRODUCTS
_________________________________________________________________
Postcode_____________ Daytime Phone No. (
)_____________________
Email address (if applicable) ___________________________________________
Method of Payment:
(all prices include GST on Aust. orders)
*SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES in stock: 10% discount for
10 or more issues or photocopies. Australia: $A9.50 ea
(including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including p&p by air).
*ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA: project photocopies. Australia:
$A9.50 each (including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including
p&p by air).
*BINDERS: BUY 5 or more and get them postage free.
(Available in Aust. only): $A13.95 each plus $7 p&p per
order.
o Cheque/Money Order o Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
*ELECTRONICS PROJECTS FOR CARS, VOL.2: Aust.
$A14.95; Overseas $A18.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
Card expiry date:
Signature_____________________________
*PERFORMANCE ELECTRONICS FOR CARS: Aust.
$A22.50; Overseas $A26.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT ON ALL SILICON CHIP PRODUCTS*
* except subscriptions/renewals
Qty
Item
Price
Item Description
IPTION?
R
C
S
B
U
FREE S
gilent
a
l
WANT A
a
i
c
spe
See the
page 68
n
o
r
e
off
Subscribe to SILICON CHIP on-line at: www.siliconchip.com.au
Both printed and on-line versions available
Total
TO PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
siliconchip.com.au
P&P if
extra
Total
Price
BUY
MOR 10 OR
ISSU E BACK
ES
A 1 0 & G ET
DISC %
OUN
T
$A
Phone (02) 9939 3295
9am-5pm Mon-Fri
Please have your credit
card details ready
OR
Fax this form to
(02) 9939 2648
with your credit card details
24 hours 7 days a week
OR
Mail this form, with your
cheque/money order, to:
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW,
NAustralia
ovember2097
2007 77
11/07
4–20W STARTER
BALLAST 1
S
DAOL
“U”-SHAPED
ALUMINIUM
CHASSIS
CABLE
TIES
EC13
+
A
N
A
N
TIMER BOARD
V21+
REMIT ERUSOPXE BCP
4–20W STARTER
4–20W STARTER
EC13
4–20W STARTER
BOTTOM OF
FLUORO TUBE
END SOCKETS
(TOMBSTONES)
ACTIVE
(BROWN)
MAINS
CABLE
1
70BEF72
BALLAST 2
EARTH WIRE
CONNECTED
TO CHASSIS
CON4
1
CON3
1
NEUTRAL
(BLUE)
+5V
BOTTOM OF
FLUORO TUBE
END SOCKETS
(TOMBSTONES)
TIMER CONTROL BOARD
1
1
88 88
+
CON2
+
YBTS
NO
TES
TRATS
TCELES
DER
1
CON1
NRG
78 Silicon Chip
70BEF82
LTC REMIT
Fig.6: the complete wiring
diagram showing the
underside of the 320 x
270mm U-shaped chassis.
The tombstones poke up
through slots in the chassis
with the tubes on the upper
side. All wiring to the fluoro
tubes, starters and ballasts
must be 250VAC rated.
siliconchip.com.au
PC BOARD UV LIGHTBOX AND TIMER
SILICON
CHIP
STBY
to be made for the control /display
board on its mounting plate either in
the front of the box or as I have done
in the left side.
I have specified insulated stand-offs
to mount the PC boards but metal ones
could be used except for the one on the
mains entry side of the timer/power
supply board.
Display PC board
The display PC board is mounted
to a small piece of ~1mm aluminium
with holes drilled for the LEDs and
switches along with a cutout for the
display.
A piece of 1mm reddish plastic was
glued into the cutout as a protective
screen for the 7-segment displays and
seconds LEDs. Use a small quantity of
slow setting epoxy for this. The “Five
Minute” type sets too quickly and is
not as strong.
Drill PC board mounting holes in
the panel by placing a photocopy of
the display board overlay on the panel,
lining up the 7-segment displays in
the cut out and marking the center
of the holes to be drilled with a prick
punch or scriber.
I used 2mm mounting screws, nuts
and washers. The stand-offs should be
8mm to allow the push-button switches
to sit proud of the front panel.
If using 2mm screws you may have to
make your own from 2mm brass tubing
available from model aircraft stores.
The 2mm screws don’t stand out on the
front panel as much as 3mm.
Countersunk screws could be used
and the front panel artwork fixed to
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: same-size
artwork for
the Lightbox
front panel.
Photocopy this
and use as a
template for
drilling the
holes in the
aluminium
sheet.
ON
SET
TIME
START
TIMER
the aluminium over the screw heads.
Testing.
It’s best to test the timer out before
you wire it in on the chassis. Plug the
two boards together and wire the main
board temporarily to the timer board.
Do not plug the IC’s in both boards as
yet, that is the 4511 and the 16F84A.
Make sure you have double checked
everything especially the timer/power
supply with its mains wiring.
In the interests of safety, cover the
fuse and fuseholder with some insulation tape while testing. It’s the only
section of the top of the PC board that’s
likely to bite you – but if you contact
it, it will do just that!
Switch on power, measure to see
if you have approx +16V and a regulated +5V where marked on the power
supply; also that +5V appears on pin
16 with respect to pin 8 on the 4511
socket and between pins 14 to 5 on
the 16F84A socket. If all is well and
you have no burning smells switch off
and remove the mains plug from the
power socket. Wait a short time for the
electrolytic capacitors to discharge and
insert the two ICs
Reconnect and switch power back
on. You should get a readout of 00:30
on the display board. The relay should
not be energized and the green standby
LED should be illuminated. If you do
not have this, switch off and recheck
your work.
Hopefully all should be well and
you can proceed to check the timer
operation. Press the start button, the
green led should go out and the red
PRESET
SELECT
one should illuminate, at the same
time the relay will energise and the
display will begin to count down from
30 seconds to 0.
When the timer reaches 0 the relay
will drop out, the red LED will extinguish and the green one will come back
on. Pressing the start button again will
bring back the 00:30 readout again.
Press the select button and the display should change to a different time
setting. Do this 15 times. There are 16
timer settings stored in EEPROM in
the programmed 16F84A.
You can change any or all of these
if you so desire by the doing the following: select a setting to change by
pressing the select button until the
display is reading the setting you want
to change.
Press the set button. The seconds
will start flashing, incrementing one
more every second, when the time in
seconds is reading your requirement
press set again. The single minute
digit will start to flash incrementing as
before, again when your desired time
is reached press set again. The tens of
seconds will start to flash incrementing
as the single minute digit did.
Again, when your requirement is
reached press set again. The timer
will be set in EEPROM to your keyedin time.
If you make a mistake then you will
have to go through the entire procedure
again. Usually you will only need to
do this once or twice.
If all is well checking the timer then
it can be wired into the chassis and the
rest of the wiring completed.
November 2007 79
Using your new light box to make a printed circuit board . . .
Exposing the image
To make boards from Kinsten stock the manufacturer’s recommend exposure
time is 60 to 90 seconds using a high-contrast film. Set the timer for 1 minute
15 seconds using a test artwork. You may need to do a
few test exposures and increase or decrease exposure
times as required. Too long and you will end up with all
the resist washed away, too short and it will be under
developed with the “clear” areas not washing away.
Using this presensitized PC board I found the latitude is
about 10 seconds either way but you may find it different.
You may need up to five or six minutes or so to expose a
board through bond paper. But it can be done!
You could use Riston negative-acting pre-coated
board but it is more expensive and so is the special
developer and stripper. Also you will require a negative
of your artwork.
To give you an idea of cost, a fibreglass pre-coated
Kinsten‑board, 150mm x 300mm from Kalex costs
$16.50 plus $2.75 for developer. The same size Riston
board (from Jaycar) will cost you $49.95 plus $7.95 for
developer and $8.95 for stripper (you will never get it Getting a black black is actually more important that getting
off easily otherwise). Kinsten resist can be removed a clear white (believe it or not, you can expose through bond
paper!). The pattern should be on the bottom side of the film, so
with 00 gauge steel wool or acetone.
it is intimate contact with the photo-sensitive emulsion.
As you can see Kinsten is about one third the cost
taking everything into consideration.
Developing the exposed board
As we mentioned eariler, the proprietary developer is easy to mix and use but
we have also had success using a weak caustic soda brew. You’ll soon know if
you’ve made it too strong or too weak – if it’s too strong the resist will all wash
off (including the bits you want!) and if it’s too weak nothing will wash off.
The same tray can be used to develop the board and to etch it – just make
sure you wash the tray out between times.
Developing is achieved by full immersion, emulsion-side up, and gently rocking the tray so the developer “washes” over the resist. Rotate the tray as you go
so the washing is even.
Brushing the board lightly with a soft brush (a makeup brush is ideal) can
assist developing but be careful – it can result
in flaws in the resist.
Before very long (a minute or so if your exposure is correct) you should see patches of
developer starting to wash away from the board.
It doesn’t take too much longer for development to be complete, with all unwanted areas
(ie, between tracks, component holes etc) now
cleared of developer.
Development time will increase with lower
temperatures so down here in Tassie I heat up the
developer with an old microwave oven for about
a minute. Be careful – too hot and you will be left
with no image either (it will all dissolve).
When finished, rinse it in cool fresh water.
Until it dries, the resist is normally fairly soft.
The board can either be air-dried (say an hour
or so), dried in direct sunlight (half an hour) or
baked in a just-warm oven (an electric frypan
is also good!) for maybe ten to fifteen minutes.
80 Silicon Chip
Developing a Kinsten pre-coated
board. The clear areas in the
transparency have been washed
away leaving the resist to protect
the wanted areas from the etchant.
Yes, this is a different board to those
shown above!
siliconchip.com.au
Etching the developed Board
If you don’t make many boards then the easiest way
to etch the board is to place it upside down in a plastic
container of ferric chloride in solution for 10 to 30 minutes,
depending on the temperature, or rocked in a large tray.
If you make a number of boards, a better way is to
purchase an etching tank, fish tank water heater & air
pump. The tank is available at both Jaycar & Altronics or
you can make your own from glass or Perspex. This way
boards can be etched in less than 10 minutes depending
on the strength of the solution.
An alternative etchant is ammonium persulphate but
this needs to be heated to at least 50°C (or more – the
hotter the better) before it will work and standard fish
tank heaters will only heat the etching solution to 30°C
(tropical fish don’t like it much hotter than that).
Also, ammonium persulphate is theoretically a use
once solution so etching using this can be expensive.
However, we’ve been able to use stored ammonium persulphate etchant many
times over a few weeks (heating it each time before use).
By the way, the cheapest and best way to buy ferric chloride is in hydrated
granules. This is available from RS Electronics in 2kg containers (Cat 551-277).
Virtually everything I get for this hobby has to be mail order down here, so there
is no point in paying postage for water.
Mix 500g per litre of water and to clear the solution a little add 5g of sodium chloride (common salt.) Add the ferric chloride to the water not the other way around.
It takes 2.5 litres of solution to fill the Altronics/Jaycar etch tank but this lasts
for quite a time; I have etched over 50 large and small boards in the one batch I
have mixed up and it still etches quite well under 10 minutes.
One problem is that it ferric chloride is messy – don’t wear your favourite clothes
– and after a while sediment builds up at the bottom of the tank. I wait until all the
sediment settles overnight, then drain the etching solution off into a large plastic
container leaving the sediment behind and then clean out the tank.
I then pour the solution back into the tank topping up with fresh solution
if required. There’s not much evaporation down here where I live in Tassie
any time of the year, so the level in the tank doesn’t go down much. Once
the board is etched and the etch solution is washed off then it is ready for
drilling and finishing.
For very occasional PC boards, tray
etching is quite practical. Etching
needs to be helped along by rocking
or sloshed with a non-metal soft
brush. The etchant shown here is
actually ammonium persulphate –
it’s a lot cleaner to use than ferric
chloride but must be heated first to at
least 50-60°C to be usable. This board
is about 90% etched – most of the
inter-track copper is gone with just a
few larger areas to go.
Below: if you’re making several PC
boards, this commercial etching
tank, heater and air pump is
definitely the way to go.
Finishing the completed board.
Don’t use a hobby PC board drill press as these just haven’t the torque
required. Buy yourself a cheap Chinese drill press with ½” chuck, replace the
bearings with good Australian-made ones and use tungsten carbide bits.
These are quite readily available, from 0.45mm to 6.31mm. These bits
won’t dull on fibreglass but they are very hard and brittle so they are easily
broken. With this in mind, buy more that one of each size.
The resist can be left on while drilling to protect the board from oxidising.
When you have completed drilling holes, scrub off the resist with 00 steel
wool and dishwashing detergent.
Once you have done that dry the board thoroughly and cut it to size with
a hacksaw and finish with a file. Then give it a couple of coats of liquid resin
flux from a Solder flux pen (Jaycar cat TS-1512)
This will help in soldering and also give the board protection from oxidation.
A methylated spirit/resin flux used to be available but I haven’t seen the
product anywhere for years. However, you can make your own with Rosin
(buy it at a specialist music shop – it is used on violin bows). Crush it then
dissolve it in metho until no more will dissolve.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 81
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
PIC-controlled SLA battery capacity meter
Sealed lead acid (SLA) batteries
are ideal for wide variety of applications and they are maintenance-free.
With correct charging and use, they
can last for many years on standby
and hundreds of discharge cycles.
However, if they are deeply
discharged, over-charged or left
discharged, their life can be greatly
reduced. And even with proper care,
all SLA batteries eventually need
replacing but how do you work out
when? You could try a number of
load cycles to estimate the battery’s
capacity but unless this is carefully
controlled, you can very easily end
up with a completely discharged
battery which will never recover.
The solution is this battery capacity meter built around a PIC16
F877A microcontroller. The circuit
monitors the battery under test and
terminates the discharge at a userdefined voltage. It also computes the
battery capacity in amp-hours (Ah)
as it goes. It allows the discharge rate
to be varied between 0.25A and 2A
to cater for different battery sizes.
Even when the battery voltage drops
to a level where it cannot deliver the
set current into the load, the circuit
constantly monitors the current so
it can correctly calculate the battery
capacity.
In operation, the PIC measures the
battery voltage using the internal
ADC at pin 2 via a potential divider.
The PIC produces a range of analog
control voltages between 0.25V and
2V using a resistor ladder (pins 15-18
& 23-26). The output voltage of this
ladder is varied by grounding it at
various PIC pins.
The control voltage is fed to the
non-inverting input of op amp IC2
which controls power FET Q4. This
controls the current flowing through
Lamp1. The voltage across Q4’s 1W
source resistor is fed to the inverting
input of IC2 to provide precise current control. A second ADC at pin 5
measures this voltage and therefore
the current.
The PIC keeps track of time using
David M
is this mitchell
onth’s
winne
Peak At r of a
las
Instrum Test
ent
integral interrupts and it
drives the LCD
panel to show
the cumulative battery capacity, the instantaneous current, battery voltage
and elapsed time. Once the voltage
drops to the threshold value, the
discharge is terminated and measurements are displayed. An audible
beep indicates the end of test.
The load is one of four different
wattage 12V lamps, selected to suit
the required discharge current and
so minimise the power dissipated
in Q4. Settings are stored in the
PIC’s EEPROM for subsequent recall. The user is prompted via the
LCD interface, with control via two
pushbuttons for selecting discharge
settings and modes.
The software will be available on
the SILICON CHIP website at www.
siliconchip.com.au
David Mitchell
Figtree, NSW.
Audio link
via Cat.5 cable
This novel adaptor was developed
in order to transmit a good quality
audio signal, to feed music (including streaming audio) from a PC to
the family audio system. Since RF
senders can be unreliable over distances of tens of metres, Cat.5 cable
was the obvious choice. However,
this would normally be done via
commercial baluns, costing around
$100 for each end.
The accompanying circuit was
tried using standard line output
transformers and was found to
work well. Two identical adapters
are required, one for each end of
the circuit. A 2-metre Cat.5 lead is
cut in half and each resulting lead
was clamped and terminated to the
82 Silicon Chip
transformer secondaries in a Jaycar
HB6011 Jiffy box. Each box was
fitted with two Jaycar M1900 line
transformers (one for each channel).
Each box mounts two RCA chassis
line sockets, with a transformer
primary (5W tap) wired to each. The
transformers were mounted at right
angles to reduce crosstalk, although
this is probably unnecessary.
Apart from a slight rolloff in lower
bass, the quality is good and adding
a small bass boost via the PC’s sound
card gives an excellent end result.
Fred Arden,
Melbourne, Vic. ($35)
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 83
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Simple model
train controller
This simple train controller is
based on complementary Darlington transistors (Q1 & Q3) which
are connected as emitter followers.
Both their bases are connected to
the wiper of potentiometer VR1 via
1.5kW resistors and a common 470W
resistor.
VR1 is connected across a DC supply rail of about 36V, produced by
bridge rectifier BR1 and the associated 1000mF electrolytic capacitors.
The collectors of Q1 & Q3 are connected to the positive and negative
raw (ie, unfiltered) DC from bridge
rectifier BR1. This assumes that
switch S1 is in the “pulse” setting.
In effect, when VR1’s wiper is
moved beyond the centre point (ie,
more positive), Q1 is turned on to
feed positive 100Hz pulses to the
locomotive motor (track). When the
wiper is centred, both transistors
are off, and no voltage is applied to
the tracks.
Finally, when VR1’s is moved
below the centre point (ie, more
negative), Q1 is off and Q3 is turned
on to feed negative 100Hz pulses
to the track, to drive the locomotive motor in the reverse direction.
Hence, this circuit requires no
reversing switch.
When switch S1 is placed in the
DC setting, two 1000mF capacitors
are switched into circuit to filter
the previously unfiltered DC. In this
condition, smoothed DC is fed to the
locomotive motor which may result
in smoother and quieter operation
for “can” motors but may not give as
Looking for real performance?
• Learn about engine management systems
From the publis
hers of
• Projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost
systems
• Switch devices on and off
according to signal frequency, temperature & voltage
• Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle,
fuel mixtures and brake & temperature
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 0958522
94
-4
TURBO BO
OST
&
nitrous fuel cont
9 78095
8
5229
46
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ
$22.00 (inc GST)
rollers
How engine
management
works
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail. See
www.siliconchip.com.au for ordering details.
84 Silicon Chip
reliable starting for cheaper locomotive motors.
The third position of S1 is referred to as “boost” and in this
position, each 1000mF capacitor
is effectively connected across the
collector and emitter of each Darlington transistor. Depending on the
setting of VR1, the capacitors feed
more 100Hz pulses to the locomotive motor. (Editor’s note: we have
some doubts about the efficacy of
this circuit feature).
Transistors Q2 & Q4, in conjunction with the 0.47W resistors,
provide current limiting for the
circuit and thus protect against
short-circuits across the tracks. As
shown, the current will be limited
to about 2A peak.
Both the Darlington transistors
will need to be mounted on a finned
heatsink. Note that they must be
isolated from the heatsink with the
usual mica washers and hardware.
With larger heatsinks, the current
capacity could be doubled by reducing the emitter resistors to 0.22W.
Switch S1 is a centre-off toggle
and should be rated for the full
current of the circuit. It should not
be operated while the circuit is
powered up, otherwise substantial
currents will flow through it.
Hugh T. Middleton,
Lower Hutt, NZ. ($45)
siliconchip.com.au
Listing
main:
R/C servo
exerciser
This circuit was developed to
allow R/C servos to be exercised
without the need for a radio control
transceiver. Instead, it produces the
required 1ms pulses directly using
a PICAXE03M micro.
The circuit is powered from a
6-15V rail and the PICAXE chip
is fed from the 7805 5V regulator.
Potentiometer VR1 sets the pulse
if pin4 = 1 then
low 0
let b5 = 0
let b8 = 0
else if pin3 = 1 then
if b5 = 0 then
servo 0,150
let b5 = 1
let b8 = 0
endif
else
readadc 1,b0
if b0 > b6 or b0 < b7 or b8 = 0 then
let w1 = b0 * 100 / 255
let b4 = b2 + 100
servo 0,b4
let b6 = b0 + 5
let b7 = b0 - 5
endif
let b5 = 0
let b8 = 1
endif
goto main
width and the servo responds in
direct proportion to the deflection of
the wiper from the centre position.
Switch S2 sets the servo to mid
travel while switch S1 can be used
to disable the pulse output.
The micro is programmed via the
resistor network connected to pin 2.
The programming software is available on line (http://www.rev-ed.
co.uk/picaxe).
Robert Budniak,
Ryde, NSW. ($40)
a wire hanger is fitted to its output
shaft so that the Nylon filament can
be easily attached. As mobiles vary
in mass and moment of inertia,
some adjustment may be needed to
the suspension or to the circuit, to
increase or reduce the frequency of
power bursts to the motor.
The circuit consists of a 555 timer
(IC1) operating in astable mode and
connected to give short bursts of
power at intervals of about 40 seconds or so. The motor current is
limited by the 10W series resistor.
A. J. Lowe,
Bardon, Qld. ($40)
Animation
for mobiles
This is not about mobile phones
but those visual distractions which
hang from the ceiling waiting for
a breeze to set them spinning.
Breezes are seldom experienced in
most rooms so mobiles are usually
immobile; ie, static. This simple
device adds a motor to provide a
little animation.
Instead of hanging the mobile
directly from the ceiling, a small
motor is inserted between the suspension hook and the Nylon line for
the mobile. The motor is given a 10
millisecond burst of power every 40
seconds or so and this twists the suspension line so that it stores energy.
This energy is slowly dissipated as
the mobile twirls to and fro.
The suspension line should be
Nylon filament in an inverted-Y
arrangement, with the vertical section about 25cm long. The motor
is attached via a wire hanger and
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 85
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Discrete component
low dropout regulator
This low dropout regulator uses
discrete parts and was designed for
use with microcontrollers which,
when in the low power sleep mode,
only need very low current from the
battery.
Q1 is the series pass transistor and
it is controlled by transistors Q4 &
Q5 which function as the error am-
plifier. The voltage setting provided
by VR1 is compared to the reference
voltage provided by signal diodes D3
& D4. These are biased at low current
by a 100kW resistor.
Transistor Q4 controls Q2 which
in turn, controls Q3 and hence the
base current to the series pass transistor Q1. Q3 also provides current
limiting, by comparing the voltage
developed across its 330W emitter
resistor with the reference voltage
provided by diodes D1 & D2.
The actual current limit will
depend on the current gain (hFE) of
transistor Q1. Q4 & Q5 need to be a
matched pair (equal current gain)
and should be in thermal contact
with each other.
The input voltage would normally
not exceed 12V and Q1 will require
a heatsink.
Philip Foote,
Dianella, WA. ($45)
Contribute And Choose Your Prize
As you can see, we pay good
money for each of the “Circuit
Notebook” items published in
SILICON CHIP. But now there
are four more reasons to
send in your circuit idea. Each
month, the best contribution published will entitle
the author to choose the
prize: an LCR40 LCR
meter, a DCA55 Semiconductor Component Analyser, an
ESR60 Equivalent Series Resistance
Analyser or an SCR100 Thyristor &
Triac Analyser, with the compliments
86 Silicon Chip
of Peak Electronic Design Ltd www.
peakelec.co.uk
So now you have even more reasons
to send that brilliant circuit in. Send
it to SILICON CHIP and you could be
a winner.
You can either email your idea to
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it
to PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
Jaycar 1W LED drivers
suit AC or DC supplies
Educational Trainers from Scientech
Scientech has introduced two
trainer products – ST 2272 Satellite
communication trainer and ST 2303
LVDT trainer – to their range of educational trainers.
Satellite Communication Trainer
ST2272 consisting of uplink transmitter, satellite link and a downlink
receiver facilitates in-depth study
of basic Satellite communication
system.
LVDT Trainer ST2303 is designed
to teach LVDT (Linear Variable Differential Transformer) characteristics
The trainer has a LED display showing
displacement in mm with a sensitivity
of 10mV/mm in the range of 10mm.
These trainers from Scientech provide a very convenient platform in
teaching technology by eliminating
the need for hardwiring components
for conducting experiments.
Contact:
Geo Electronics
45 Yachtsman Dve, Chipping Norton 2170
Ph: 0401 687 587 Fax: (02) 9755 1858
Email: geoelectronics<at>idx.com.au
HotShot Thermal Imager with Data Logging
The new HotShot
thermal imaging cameras from Electrophysics Corp, represented in Australia by
Emona Instruments, go
beyond traditional pointand-shoot thermal imaging cameras by combining
outstanding image quality
with a powerful, yet simple
to use in-built PDA-type touch s c r e e n
and QWERTY keyboard for data entry
and data logging functions.
Capturing image and inspection
information on-site in-camera is more
reliable, accurate and efficient than traditional methods such as error-prone
and inefficient hand written notes.
The HotShot thermal imagers also
introduce the concept of Route-Based
Inspections to thermal imaging inspections. By prompting users on
which inspection to carry out next,
the route-based method is the most
effective and accountable way of managing repetitive inspections of critical
siliconchip.com.au
assets. Routes can also be
learned by the camera
to provide a survey report, a management
tool that ensures the
repeatability of future inspections.
The route based
method also makes
it easier to manage asset histories.
HotShots feature a temperature range
up to 500°C, a high quality 160x120
microbolometer infrared image sensor
with sophisticated pixel interpolation
that increases display resolution to 240
x 180, in-built visible light camera,
motorized focus, 2x digital zoom, six
palettes, optional 3x telephoto and
wide angle lenses and a comprehensive
set of measurement tools.
This 1W LED driver
module from Jaycar Electronics will take
all the hard work out of driving 1W (high
output) LEDs from a wide variety of power
supplies. It uses constant current switch
mode techniques and has the ability of driving either a single LED or a series of them
(dependent on the input supply).
It will work from as low as 5.9VDC to
35VDC and from 5.2 VAC to 8VAC.
As the driver has the ability to detect
how many LEDs are loaded onto the output
it removes the necessity for any current
limiting resistors, also if the LED is reverse-connected to the module it will not be
damaged.
The 1W LED driver module (Cat No
AA0582) is available now through all Jaycar
stores and retails for $19.95.
Contact:
Jaycar Electronics (all stores)
100 Silverwater Rd, Silverwater NSW 2128
Ph: (02) 9741 8555 Fax: (02) 9741 8500
Website: www.jaycar.com.au
STEPDOWN
TRANSFORMERS
60VA to 3KVA encased toroids
Contact:
Emona Instruments Pty Ltd
PO Box 15, Camperdown NSW 1450
Ph: (02) 9519 3933 Fax: (02) 9550 1378
Website: www.emona.com.au
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl. HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476-5854 Fax (02) 9476-3231
November 2007 87
Much more than an oscilloscope . . .
CircuitMaster
4000M
Precision Active Oscilloscope
The CircuitMaster 4000M from UK-based ABI Electronics
is designed for testing circuit boards.
An active oscilloscope differs from a conventional (passive) oscilloscope in that the inputs can be internally driven.
This is particularly useful for diagnosing electronic circuit
problems.
Suppose you have a digital input to some complex IC
that’s suspected of causing intermittent faults. If you were
to measure the voltage at the input pin with a normal oscilloscope or multimeter, you would measure close to 0V in
the following three cases:
(1) When the input was shorted to ground;
(2) When the input was shorted to ground through a 1kW
resistor and
(3) When the input was shorted to ground through a 10kW
resistor.
This is because there is negligible current flowing into
the device, as its input impedance is extremely high. Hence,
with a passive oscilloscope or multimeter, you would not
be able to differentiate the three situations by measuring the
voltage at the input pin.
With an active oscilloscope, you can differentiate the
situations as follows.
In active mode, the CircuitMaster 4000 can apply a small
DC current through the probe and measure the resulting
voltage drop. The situation is now as in Fig 1. Since the
voltage drop will be proportional to the resistance, scenarios
(1)-(3) above can be differentiated quite easily according to
the measured voltage drop.
The CircuitMaster 4000M in detail
There are two analog channels accessed by BNC sockets
(as in a conventional oscilloscope) and another BNC socket
for an external trigger.
A 50-pin connector allows digital signals to be analysed.
It is supplied with special clips (up to 40 pins) that can
attach to ICs in-circuit. These are well suited to DIP ICs
and modestly spaced surface-mount devices like TQFP but
would be difficult to use with very fine pitch surface mount
devices or BGA.
The signals are multiplexed and the voltages on all 40
pins can be acquired to internal memory. The bandwidth in
this mode is naturally lower than the unit’s native 100MHz
due to the multiplexing.
At the rear, there is a socket for connecting the included
foot switch, useful for capturing waveforms while concentrating on the PC board rather than the display of the
oscilloscope.
88 Silicon Chip
The display is of relatively low resolution at 320x240 (quarter VGA). There is a brightness control but it didn’t seem to
have much effect. Fig. 2 shows a typical screenshot.
This instrument is well suited to analysing both analog
and digital circuits. Up to two analog and four digital signals
can be displayed simultaneously on the screen. For greater
numbers of digital signals, multiplexing can be employed.
For digital circuits, TTL, CMOS and low-voltage TTL are
standard options. For other logic families, the user can set
the threshold voltage levels. The voltage ranges are shown
on the Y-axis in different colours according to whether the
signal is considered high or low (or neither – called no
man’s land). This is a handy feature that will quickly tell
you whether your board is producing an “undefined” logic
level, which could cause all sorts of unpredictable results
in its operation.
It can operate in standard mode, akin to a normal passive
oscilloscope but without some of the fancier options like
FFT and maths functions. It also lacks an “Auto-Set” feature making it a little more difficult to use than a dedicated
oscilloscope.
The other three modes are Active, FirmFlex and V-I curve.
In FirmFlex mode, the “strength” of a node can be measured. This is a measure of its impedance. It is accomplished
by outputting a small DC
V=0
current (suitable for working on powered circuit
boards) and the resulting
voltage drop is measured.
The strength of the node
I
is indicated on the display
by its background colour,
changing from yellow to red
V=1000xI
to purple as the strength of
1k
the node increases.
In Active mode, the
source impedance can be
set in decades from 100W to
I
1MW and the signal can be
DC or AC with controllable
V=10000xI
frequency and peak-to-peak
amplitude. This mode is
10k
particularly handy for test-
I
Fig.1: how to differentiate the three conditions
(1)-(3) with an active oscilloscope. These three
configurations would all measure the same
with a conventional passive oscilloscope.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: this screen shot shows a TTL signal from an infrared
remote control in standard mode. On the y-axis, the red
represents a high level, green represents a low level and
maroon represents an “undefined” logic level. The DVM
(digital volt meter) display can also be seen, showing a signal
level of around 4.8V.
ing circuit boards relative to a known good board. The pass/
fail feature will be appreciated by test technicians. A mask
can be set from a known good board and other boards can
be compared to it. The target pass percentage can be set by
the user.
As its name suggests, the V-I curve mode plots voltage
vs current for the component under test. Its main purpose
is to check that components are working correctly
and it is not intended as a measurement tool as the axes are
not well labelled, making precise measurements difficult. If
you had a suspected faulty diode, for example, you could
quickly diagnose whether it was working correctly or not
using this mode. This is something that a passive oscilloscope simply cannot do.
While offering many useful features, we thought the
user interface could be improved to make it a little more
friendly. This is a common complaint on a lot of high-end
test equipment and is mainly a problem for first-time users.
As you become more aware of its features, this would cease
to be such a problem.
In a similar vein, some of the default options could be
improved.
In addition, the screen background is set to blue and
cannot be changed. This makes it difficult to see some fine
traces on the display, even if you change the colour of the
trace itself. However, we have been advised that the screen
background colour can be changed at the factory.
We assume that the manufacturer does provide progressive firmware upgrades, which can be done via the USB port.
In conclusion, the CircuitMaster 4000M is a valuable
special-purpose instrument designed to debug a faulty
circuit board in ways that a passive oscilloscope simply
cannot. Few instruments possess as many test features and
all of this in a compact desktop unit.
Distributed in
Australia by Tek- Contact:
mark, the Circuit- Tekmark Australia
Master 4000M re- Level 3, 18 Orion Rd, Lane Cove, NSW 2066
tails for $5,200 plus Ph: (02) 9911 3888 Fax: (02) 9418 8485
GST.
(MG)
Website: www.tekmark.net.au
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 89
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
Pocket-sized valve portable radios
During the era before transistors took over,
manufacturers went to extraordinary lengths
to produce portable valve radio receivers.
None went further than the Japanese,
although their miniature valve portable
receivers were never marketed in Australia.
“Portable” radios first started to appear in numbers in the 1930s, although
a few innovative portables did appear
as early as the mid 1920s. These early
sets were quite bulky and heavy and
by today’s standards, were portable in
name only.
Some of those original sets used 2V
valves and required a 2V wet cell (A
battery) for the filaments. They also required around 135V from a dry battery
pack (B battery) for the high-tension
(HT) plate and screen voltages. Certainly, people had to be serious about
their desire to have radio “wherever
they went”. Radio stations of the time
were fairly low-powered and programming was limited, which restricted the
usefulness of early portable sets.
In addition, the battery requirements were quite onerous. The wet
cell required regular maintenance and
care, including measuring the specific
gravity of the electrolyte, keeping the
top clean and dry, recharging it at
regular intervals and making sure the
set was not tipped over.
Tipping the cell (battery) over meant
that acid would leak out of the battery
and damage the set as well as the bat-
tery itself (sulphuric acid is quite corrosive). By contrast, the better designs
used dry batteries for the filaments,
usually two 1.5V cells in series. The
2V supply for the valve filaments was
obtained simply by connecting a resistor in series with this 3V supply.
The dry batteries used for the HT
supply required no special maintenance. However, they were heavy and
expensive to replace.
Portables become portable
In Australia, sets that could truly be
classed as “portable” started to appear
around 1938. This coincided with the
introduction of battery valves which
were designed to work from 1.5V and
90V filament and HT voltages. These
sets were still quite a struggle to lug
around but they were much easier to
use than the earlier sets and the battery
life was much longer than in sets using
valves with 2V filaments.
Although these sets were a big improvement on the original portables,
people really wanted something even
smaller. As a result, a size of around
350 x 160 x 230mm (W x D x H) became
the standard for portable receivers
during the late 1940s and the 1950s.
Even then, the weight of the sets with
an AC power supply and batteries
could be as much as 7kg. That said,
these sets performed well and had a
reasonable battery life of around 300
hours.
Getting smaller
This is the view inside the Global miniature portable. The components are
tightly packed together.
90 Silicon Chip
The demand for even smaller sets
during this period forced a few compromises. The antenna loop was made
smaller by necessity, the sets generally
had no RF stage and they used quite
small batteries. In fact, the batteries
only lasted 30-40 hours before needing
replacement.
A typical “miniature” receiver of
siliconchip.com.au
this type was the Breville 801, which
was featured in the February 2007
issue. This radio measured just 120 x
120 x 160mm – about a fifth the size
of the larger sets. These radios enjoyed
only a short period of popularity due
to their lack of sensitivity and high
battery costs.
By contrast, the larger portable sets
continued right through until the advent of transistor receivers.
Japanese miniatures
In the years preceding the introduction of transistor receivers, Japanese
manufacturers revisited the idea of
producing miniature valve sets. As a
result, they produced sets that were
roughly the same size as the pocket
transistor receivers we marvelled at
in the late 1950s and early 60s.
These miniature valve sets had four
valves in a conventional superheterodyne circuit. This consisted of a 1R5
converter stage, a 1T4 intermediate
frequency (IF) amplifier, a 1S5 as a
combined detector, AGC diode and
pentode audio amplifier, and a 3S4
audio output stage which fed a speaker
or headphones/earpiece.
So how well did these little receivers perform? The critical component
that affects performance in such small
sets is the antenna. In these radios, the
ferrite rod antenna varied from quite
small to some that ran nearly the length
of the case and were from 6-9mm in diameter. Those sets with the larger rod
antennas were likely have been better
performers – certainly better than the
older Australian-manufactured miniature portables of the late 1940s and
early 1950s.
Personally, I can not remember seeing any of these miniature Japanese
sets on the Australian market. In fact,
I had seen only one of these really
tiny sets before until the HRSA 25th
anniversary celebrations, where I saw
several in Laurie Harris’s display. Apparently, they were used only in Japan
(where they were manufactured) and
in the USA. The 10 sets in Laurie’s
collection came from the estate of
another collector.
Small is beautiful
So just how small were the Japanese
miniature sets? Well, let’s compare the
size of the smallest set – the Global –
with an AWA 450P miniature portable.
The AWA set is 115mm wide x 115mm
deep x 240mm high, while the Global
siliconchip.com.au
Inside the Olympic #450 4-valve miniature receiver. The ferrite rod
antenna is similar to that used later in transistor radios.
Removing the HT battery gives good access to the under-chassis parts in
the Olympic #450. There’s some chassis corrosion but the set is otherwise
in good condition.
is 145mm wide x 50mm deep x 95mm
high. This means that the AWA set is
4.6 times the size of the Global, while
the standard portable is nearly 19 times
the size of the tiny Global.
Australian manufacturers such as
Astor, AWA and Breville built these
small sets for just a few years. They
probably stopped making them because the batteries were relatively
expensive and didn’t last all that long,
plus the performance of these radios
left quite a bit to be desired.
By contrast, the performance limitations were not such a problem overseas, as AM broadcasting stations were
much closer together than in Australia.
The battery life would still have been a
problem but affluent Americans didn’t
worry about that and the Japanese
liked gimmicky sets, so the battery cost
was not a major concern there either.
At the time, we were impressed at
the way AWA, Astor and Breville managed to pack the necessary parts into
the space available for their portable
sets. This initially makes you wonder
how the Japanese got all the parts and
valves in the cabinet, along with a
reasonable loop antenna and a set of
batteries.
In fact, the Global is only marginally
larger than the ubiquitous No.482, 45V
battery of the 1950s and 1960s!
The answer is that most of the
parts have been miniaturised to some
extent. However, instead of using
hearing-aid style valves as you might
November 2007 91
These 10 miniature valve portable radios are all owned by Australian collector
Laurie Harris. They were sold only in Japan (where they were manufactured)
and in the USA.
last a little under half the time that
two of these cells would working
together, while a “C” cell would last
perhaps 1/5th of the time that two D
cells would. In fact, the life of a “C” cell
may have been as little as five hours of
continuous operation, while a single
“D” cell would probably have lasted
about 12 hours.
The 67.5V and 45V high-tension (B)
batteries used would have had quite
a short life too – probably much the
same as the C-size cell. The smallest of these miniature batteries was
around the size of three 216 batteries
end-to-end.
These batteries were probably more
energy dense than the Australian
equivalents, the larger miniature batteries probably lasting about 15 hours
and the smaller units no more than
about five hours. Certainly, the owners
of these sets would have soon become
rather tired of buying and changing
batteries.
The current drain in most units is
about 250mA for the filaments and
around 9mA for the HT. However, one
unit (the Global) has a means of reducing the filament current to 150mA, as
described later.
Miniature receivers
Fig.1: this is the circuit for the Harpers Model GK-501. It is a full superhet
circuit with four valves: a 1R5 converter stage, a 1T4 IF amplifier, a 1S5
detector/AGC diode/audio amplifier and a 3S4 audio output stage.
expect, the Japanese manufacturers
chose to use the normal miniature
series valves, as mentioned earlier;
ie, 1R5 converter, 1T4 intermediate
frequency (IF) amplifier, 1S5 detector
and first audio stage, and 3S4 audio
output stage. In addition, the ferrite
rod loop antennas used in the “larger”
miniature receivers were of quite reasonable dimensions.
By contrast, the tuning gangs are
miniature air-spaced types rather
than the plastic film types used later
in transistor receivers. The coils and
transformers, although miniature, are
not as small as those used later in
92 Silicon Chip
transistor receivers, while the loudspeakers used were normal 50-75mm
round units.
Battery life
Although parts miniaturisation was
well done, shrinking the battery sizes
meant that the battery life was severely
reduced. In the Australian miniature
portables, the 1.5V filament “A” battery was usually two D cells (950) in
parallel. By contrast, the Japanese
miniature sets use either a single
1.5V “D” cell or, in the smallest sets,
a “C” cell.
In practice, a single “D” cell would
The 10 miniature portables owned
by Laurie Harris are all shown in an
accompanying photograph. The top
row, starting at the left, shows the
Fleetwood case, then the Fleetwood
(one of the larger units) and the Global
(the smallest).
In the second row (left to right)
are the Olympic #450, the Standard
“Muse” SR220E and the Crown PR530.
Below these are a Zephyr RN7, a selection of miniature batteries as used in
these sets and a Hilton 3672.
The bottom row houses a Continental, a Harpers GK501 and a Harpers
GK301 which has the same chassis as
the Crown PR530.
These sets all appear to have been
predominantly for the American
market. How many other makes and
models appeared on the market is
unknown. It is rather surprising that
none (or very few) appear to have been
imported into Australia.
The view inside
Several other photographs clearly
show what these little receivers were
like inside. The small Global would
probably have been the worst persiliconchip.com.au
Want a real speed
controller kit?
If you need to control
12 or 24 volt DC
motors and
want a
speed
controller
that will easily
handle 30 amps,
then this is the kit for you.
This controller allows you to vary the
speed of DC motors from 0 to 100%. It
is also ideal for controlling loads such
as incandescent/halogen lamps and
heating elements.
A selection of miniature valve portable radios and batteries at a recent HRSA
display. The radios could easily be mistaken for the portable transistor radios
that appeared a few years later.
former, with probably the shortest
battery life. Close inspection shows
that the components are laid out quite
logically, with considerable thought
given to keeping everything compact
with little waste space between the
parts.
The rod antenna for the Global is
also quite small, so its performance
would not have been outstanding
when it came to sensitivity or audio
output. It really is a “personal portable”.
There are a couple of interesting
design features in this set which are
worth mentioning. The HT comes from
a 45V miniature battery which would
have a longer life than a similar-sized
67.5V battery. The filament battery is,
however, only a “C”-size cell, so its life
would be quite short. If the cell were a
premium grade item, a life of perhaps
10 hours could be obtained but a generic standard quality item may only
last around five hours or so.
However, this little set had one trick
up its sleeve when it came to battery
life. When an earpiece was connected,
the plug open-circuited the filament
line to the 3S4 which reduced the filament current drain to 150mA, at the
same time removing the HT current
drawn by this valve.
This meant that when the set was
used with an earpiece, the life of the
batteries was probably doubled.
This kit makes a great controller for
use on small electric vehicle projects,
such as electrically assisted bikes and
go-carts. We have tested it to over 30
amps without problems—it barely gets
warm! Item code: SPEEDCON.
We also have solar maximiser kits,
Luxeon LEDs, and lots of interesting
products and publications.
Go to shop.ata.org.au or call
us on (03)9639 1500.
WHERE
can you buy
SILICON
CHIP
You can get your copy of SILICON CHIP
every month from your newsagent: in
most it’s on sale on the last Wednesday of
the month prior to cover date. You can ask
your newsagent to reserve your copy for
you. If they do not have SILICON CHIP or it
has run out, ask them to contact Network
Distribution Company in your state.
SILICON CHIP is also on sale in all
stores . . . again, you can ask the store
manager to reserve a copy for you.
Inside the Harpers GK501 miniature valve portable. The layout is similar
to the other sets, with the parts all packed tightly together.
siliconchip.com.au
Or, to be sure that you never miss an issue
and save money into the bargain, why not
take out a subscription?
The annual cost is just $83 within Australia
or $89 (by airmail) to New Zealand.
Subscribers also get further discounts on
books, and other products we sell.
November 2007 93
The largest and the smallest compared: the Fleetwood (left) is the largest
of the 4-valve miniature portables, while the Global (right) is the smallest.
A label affixed to the inside back of the Global miniature portable shows the
circuit diagram and other information. The earpiece disconnects the filament
supply to the output valve when it is plugged in, to reduce current drain.
By the way, the earpiece would
have been a high-impedance crystal
type. Crystal earpieces were common
back in the 1960s but can be difficult
to source today.
The Fleetwood is the largest of
the sets and would probably be the
best performer. There is a remarkable
94 Silicon Chip
amount of room in the set for the
valves and other components, along
with room for a reasonably-sized 67.5V
battery (around half the volume of a
No.467 battery). The filament voltage
comes from a single premium D cell.
The largish ferrite rod antenna sits
behind the HT battery towards the
front of the set. Unlike the previous set,
the headphone socket is on the output
side of the speaker transformer and all
stages remain in operation when using
an earpiece. However, the circuit trick
used in the Global to reduce current
drain when using an earpiece would
have been a good idea in this set and
in all the other sets.
Overall, this set would have been a
much better performer than the Global
and may have even been a better performer than the AWA and Astor 1940s
equivalents. However, its battery life
would have been much less.
Surprisingly, this receiver also appears to have provision for 110V mains
input. However, from what Laurie
and I could see, the 110V lead would
have had a plug at both ends which
would have been quite dangerous, if
not potentially lethal, in use.
Another interesting receiver is the
Olympic. The views under the chassis
and in the back of the set reveal that
it is remarkably easy to gain access to
important items for servicing. In fact,
the underchassis wiring, although tight,
is not any harder to access for service
than in many larger receivers.
The lack of suitable batteries has
forced Laurie to make up batteries to
power some of these sets. On the day
siliconchip.com.au
of my visit, only one radio had a set
of useable batteries. The performance
was quite satisfactory and is a tribute
to the designers.
Photo Gallery: Philips 1203 3-Valve TRF
Conventional circuits
Some of the receivers have their
circuits and other general information pasted inside the back cover.
The circuits of all these sets are quite
conventional. The only variation is
the power consumption savings with
the Global when it is used with an
earpiece.
The Global receiver was of particular interest to me because of the extent
of its miniaturisation and the use of
only 45V for the HT. Its audio output
would probably be somewhere around
100mW with a new battery.
The component count is also quite
low, the set using just seven fixed resistors and eight fixed capacitors. All of
the sets appear to have used padderless
tuning capacitors.
Summary
These miniature 4-valve portables
really are fascinating little receivers.
The manufacturers did an excellent
job in getting the best out of them,
although they would have been mediocre performers in the Australian
environment. However, in their intended market – ie, the USA – their
performance would have been quite
satisfactory.
These little sets really show how
far the Japanese manufacturers were
prepared to go to miniaturise their
sets in the era before transistors took
over. They would be a worthwhile addition to a vintage radio enthusiast’s
collection but being so rare, not many
collectors will have the opportunity
SC
to own them.
RELEASED BY PHILIPS LAMPS (AUSTRALIA) LTD IN 1931, the model 1203
had a selling price of 24 pounds and 10 shillings which was many weeks
wages at that time. The adverts described the piano-finished cabinet as
representing the ultimate in consoles “at home in any home”
The set was a 3-valve TRF and the valve line-up was as follows: E442S detector, C443 audio output and 506 rectifier. Photo: Historical Radio Society
of Australia, Inc.
Looking for real performance?
Completely NEW projects – the result of two years research
•
•
•
•
160 PAGES
From the publ
ishe rs of
23 CHAPTE
Learn how engine management systems work
RS
Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost systems
Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature and voltage
Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and brake and coolant
temperatures
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail.
Order by phoning (02) 9939 3295 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details
to (02) 9939 2648; or mail your order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip
Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 09585
2294
9 780958
5229
-4
46
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ
$22.00 (inc GST)
TURBO BOOS
T
& nitrous fue
l controllers
How engin
e
management
works
November 2007 95
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Headlight reminder
for cars
I have just had an embarrassing
situation in that the internal lights
on my car were left on for three days,
flattening the battery. This has cost me
a new battery, a lot of lost time, plus
the wrath of the other family member.
So after a cursory examination of the
“Headlight Reminder For Cars” kit
(SILICON CHIP, August 2001) at my local
Jaycar store, I purchased one.
However, I now believe it will not
do what is required of it. I have three
separate circuits in the car which
need monitoring: headlights, parking
lights and interior lights, as these are
on separate switches, as well as the
door switches.
The first two I can monitor by taking
a feed off the instrument lights. I do
not know about the third circuit but
I wondered what would happen if I
put a diode between the door switch
circuit and the light circuit. Please
advise (P. D., via email).
• A diode from the door switch and
another from the interior light switch
could be used to detect when any light
is on. The direction (polarity) of the
diodes depends on the car wiring.
If one side of the lamps is directly
connected to the chassis, then the
diodes connect with their anodes to
the lamps where they are powered by
12V. The cathodes connect together
and form the connection for the door
switch input on the Headlight Reminder. In this case LK3 is out, LK4
is in and LK5 is out.
Conversely, if one side of the lamps
is directly connected to 12V, the diodes
are connected with their cathodes to
the negative side of the lamps. The
anodes form the connection to the
Headlight Reminder and LK3 is in,
LK4 is out and LK5 is out.
Extending the SC480’s
low-frequency response
I am using a pair of SC480 amplifier
modules from the January & February
2003 issues of SILICON CHIP. I know
that the SC480 module has excellent
low-frequency response but I am hoping to improve the response at near DC
to facilitate another mode of testing.
I’ve built a vibration-testing platform
and I am using the SC480s to drive
the actuators.
Studying the circuit diagram, I can’t
find the components that are limiting
the low frequency gain. Any help on
this matter would be very much appreciated. (J. M., via email).
• Improving the bass response below
the existing -1dB point at 14Hz is
simple. Just increase the input 1mF BP
capacitor to 2.2mF or 4.7mF. Similarly,
increase the 47mF BP feedback capacitor to 100mF or 220mF.
Using the Guitar
Jammer with a PC
I purchased and built your Guitar
Jammer kit from the October 2000 issue and have used it with great success
over the years.
I was wondering if it was possible
to use the audio output from my PC’s
sound card instead of a CD player
to mix with my guitar? I have a PC
program called “Guitar Pro” and I
would like to jam to that. Would the
CD input resistor values need to be
changed? Would it still work OK using
a regulated 9V plugpack? (J. R., Deer
Park, Vic).
• No changes are necessary to your
Guitar Jammer. Any high level or line
level signal can be used.
Multimedia amplifier
and speakers
Some time ago, SILICON CHIP did a
Multimedia Amplifier that fitted inside a computer. Would it be possible
to use this externally, ie, not powered
from the computer? My idea is to use
the amplifier and two speakers, with
the line inputs of the amplifier fed from
Battery Zapper Won’t Check 6V Batteries
When I connect a 6V battery and
use the Battery Condition option on
the Deluxe Lead-Acid Battery Zapper (SILICON CHIP, May 2006), all the
LEDs light up and stay on. The unit
works fine on 12V and 24V batteries though.
I use deep-cycle 6V batteries (two
in series for 12V), so the unit works
fine on them (all LEDs light, then
slowly go off when I press the button). However, a single 6V battery
will keep all the LEDs lit.
Secondly, is it OK to use a
96 Silicon Chip
conventional charger on a battery
without the conventional charger
going through the Battery Zapper?
In other words, can I have the leads
of the Zapper connected at the
same time I have the leads from a
conventional charger connected at
the same time?
• We are not sure why your Deluxe
Battery Zapper isn’t working properly with single 6V batteries. Perhaps
the 470mF 25V electro between pins
6 & 8 of IC5 is leaky and is pulling
down the reference voltage for IC5,
or the 1kW resistor in series with
D12 is abnormally high in value –
just enough to cause trouble when
testing 6V batteries.
It’s not a good idea to connect a
charger directly to a battery when
the zapper is connected to it and
operating, because the charger can
shunt the zapping pulses and prevent
them “doing their work”. That’s why
we incorporated inductor L3 into the
zapper – to increase the effective AC
impedance of the charger and prevent
it from shunting the pulses.
siliconchip.com.au
a DVD, etc. (R. M., via email).
• It would be feasible to build the
Multimedia Amplifier and Speakers
(described in the October & November
1996 issues) as you suggest. However,
a computer power supply would probably be the most economical way to
supply them.
Ultrasonic leak tester
for braking systems
I work as a diesel mechanic and
because of acute hearing loss I am
having problems detecting air leaks in
the braking systems on trucks. I was
wondering if you have ever published
an article to detect air leaks or could
you advise of another project that may
be modified to do this?
Because of restricted access, the use
of headphones is not really practical
and I was thinking of something with
a speaker type output. (H. H., Toowoomba, Qld).
• One possibility is to use an ultrasonic leak detector. This detects ultrasonic frequencies, such as the squeak
emitted by a high-pressure leak, and
shifts it down to the audible spectrum
so you can hear it via headphones.
Fuel Flow Sensors Wanted
A long time back, SILICON CHIP
had an article on the Oztrip Car
Computer. Do you know where I
can get cheap petrol fuel flow sensors? I was thinking of building a
PICAXE project with them. (K. W.,
via email).
• The Oztrip Car Computer was
featured in the March & April 2000
issues.
We don’t know of any cheap fuelflow sensors. However, a liquid flow
sensor suitable for petrol (10-bar
maximum pressure) is available
from Farnell (www.farnellinone.
com.au – Cat 178-923) but is it not
Note that even this circuit concept is
not practical with a loudspeaker. We
published an Ultrasonic Eavesdropper
project in the August 2006 issue.
Vintage car radio &
Bluetooth CD player
I am restoring a car radio in a 1974
Working with BASIC Stamps? PICs? Atmels? Even
PCs? Or virtually anything else? 4D Systems already have,
in stock, a graphics/IO module to interface your digital
electronics design with the real world!
Why re-invent wheels when 4D Systems have the intelligent,
cost-effective module you need for any embedded microprocessor-based system. For example, the 4D Systems all-in-one Smart
Display Modules offer a simple two-wire interface to any host
processor and the command set is easy-to-use and understand!
Here are just a few of the 4D Systems modules – you’ll
find many more when you visit the 4D Systems website...
µOLED-96-G1
µOLED-96-PROP
µOLED-128-GMD1
µOLED-160-GMD1
µLCD-320-PMD2
µLCD-128-GMD1
µVGA-PICASO-MD1
µVGA-PICASOMD1-UB
GOLDELOX-MD1
OLED 128 (Disp. only)
OLED 160 (Disp. only)
LCD 128 (Disp. only)
0.96" Stamp sized Intelligent OLED module
0.96" Propeller Powered OLED module
1.5" Next gen smart OLED display
1.7" Next gen smart OLED display
2.2" QVGA Smart LCD module
1.5" Original Intelligent LCD
Tiny VGA Graphics Controller for QVGA, VGA, SVGA
PICASO µVGA Base Board
Tiny OLED-LCD Graphics Controller with micro-SD
128 x 128 262K true to life colours display
160 x 128 262K true to life colours display
LCD Display
You’ll find full technical specs, information and more at
www.4dsystems.com.au
cheap at $360 plus GST. A possible
alternative is the 560-121 at $157
plus GST. This is stated to be suitable for most liquids with a 20-bar
maximum pressure.
Another, much cheaper, option
to sense fuel flow is to monitor
the duty cycle of the engine’s fuel
injectors as a guide to fuel usage.
You would need to do tests to find
the precise fuel flow with regard to
duty cycle.
A further complication is that in
some cars, each injector may need
to be monitored if the duty cycle
varies between cylinders.
Rolls Royce Silver Shadow. It is connected to an 8-track cassette player
which has controls for front & rear
volume/tone control, etc. In my case,
the equipment was top-of-the range
German car audio at the time.
All the vintage car clubs are looking for a way to have the original
equipment connected to a Bluetooth
Radio, Television & Hobbies:
ONLY
the COMPLETE
00
$ 62
archive on DVD
&P
+$7 P
• Every issue individually archived, by month and year
• Complete with index for each year
• A must-have for everyone interested in electronics
This remarkable collection of PDFs covers every
issue of R & H, as it was known from the
beginning (April 1939 – price sixpence!)
right through to the final edition of R, TV
& H in March 1965, before it disappeared
forever with the change of name to
Electronics Australia.
For the first time ever, complete and in one
handy DVD, every article and every issue is covered.
If you're an old timer (or even young timer!) into vintage radio, it
doesn't get much more vintage than this. If you're a student of
history, this archive gives an extraordinary insight into the amazing
breakthroughs made in radio and electronics technology following
the war years. And speaking of the war years, R & H had some of the
best propaganda imaginable!
Even if you're just an electronics dabbler, there's something here to
interest you.
NB: Requires a computer with DVD reader to view
– will not work on a standard audio/video DVD player
Use the
the handy
handy order
order form
form
Use
on
page
77
of
this
issue
on page 81 of this issue.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 97
Is Cathode Poisoning A Problem?
Regarding the Nixie Clock (SILICHIP, July & August 2007), I
notice there is no provision for
preventing poisoning of the unused
cathodes. Initially, I did not see this
as a problem as I thought it would be
a simple matter to rotate the tubes
occasionally but now I see that they
are soldered in.
Most Nixie clock designs these
days provide for cycling of the “unused” cathodes. The main reason
for this, as I see it, is that if at some
stage in the future, the seconds units
digit was to fail (for example), it
would allow one of the hour tubes
to be swapped into that position.
Of course this assumes all digits of
the replacement are available and
haven’t been “poisoned”. (L. W.,
via email).
• We put your question to the designer of the project, David Whitby,
and this is his answer.
Cathode poisoning only occurs
when minute amounts of material
from a lit digit strike an adjacent unused (or hardly ever used) digit and
build up on that unused digit over
a long period of time, in the places
CON
or wired device which will allow a
discrete CD player to be connected to
the existing system.
Presumably if a Bluetooth receiver
could be connected in-line somewhere,
at least to the speakers (perhaps with
a separate amplifier?), an iPod and all
the other gizmos would work with it as
well. (J. M., Khancoban, NSW).
• Provided your car radio has an
FM stereo tuner, the easiest way is to
connect the audio signals from a CD
player to an FM stereo transmitter.
Have a look at our “FM Minimitter”
described in the April 2001 issue.
Query on
preamplifier board
I am interested in building the 20W
Class-A Stereo Amplifier recently described in SILICON CHIP. On page 20
of the June edition, the photo shows
a preamp board at the front which is
quite different to that shown on page
24 of the August issue. Do I presume
that the component shown in June
98 Silicon Chip
where the two digits coincide.
Where the required tube digits are
being lit in cycles, even occasionally, the problem is minimal.
Frequently used digits, especially
cycled digits, are not affected and
the problem can only be seen on the
usually unlit digit as faded areas
and only when it is finally lit.
In the NX14 Nixie Clock, the
digits which will never be used are
digits 6-9 in the tens of minutes and
tens of seconds tubes and all digits
except 1 in the tens of hours tube.
Since these digits are never lit, the
effect will never be seen, so why
worry?
Some Nixie clock designs now
purport to have circuits to minimise
cathode poisoning by occasional
fast cycling through the digits (we
only need to cycle through the
used clock digits, not the unused
ones which are never seen). This
is simple to do on the NX14 Nixie
Clock – just cycle it through all the
clock digits by holding in the fast
time-set button for a few minutes
every now and then. But really, it
is not a problem.
is a module for the power amp only
and that details will be published at
a later date? I have a very good valve
preamp, so I would only be requiring
the kit as purely a power amplifier. (K.
P., via email).
• We had to discard the original
preamplifier shown in the June 2007
issue – it just did not perform well
enough. However, you can build the
amplifier without a preamplifier, as
was noted in the final article in the
September 2007 issue.
By the way, using a valve preamplifier will significantly degrade the
sound quality of the amplifier.
Water level
indicator query
Regarding the Tank Water Level
Indicator in SILICON CHIP, July 2007),
I was wondering how far the water
tank can be from the electronic unit.
If the figure-8 wire has to be extended
to reach from the tank to a room in a
house, what type of wire can I use? I
assume that a Nylon tube with 2.5mm
internal diameter is for the wire to go
into and then be suspended vertically
into the water? (J. F., via email).
• This is not something we have
tested but it should be good for at least
20 metres of cable. Just use generalpurpose figure-8 mains cable.
Battery checker for
motor bike
I have a 1985 Yamaha motorcycle. It
has a battery level sensor which plugs
into the third battery cap, which in
essence, is 6V DC.
My problem is that the new sealed
batteries don’t have caps. If I use a zener diode circuit to fool the input with
6V DC, how exactly do it? It most likely
only needs a couple of milliamps. Any
help will be greatly appreciated. (B. S.,
Hatfield, Pa, USA).
• A zener diode won’t do the job.
You need a voltage divider across the
battery (such as two 1kW resistors in
series) and then feed the battery sensor
circuit from the midpoint of the two
resistors. The voltage divider should
only be switched across the battery
when the ignition is turned on, to
avoid unnecessary current drain.
24V variant of
Voltage Switch
Can you please advise the component changes required to enable your
12V Voltage Switch to operate at 24V.
It was featured in your book, “Performance Electronics For Cars”. (N. S.,
Kaitaia, NZ).
• There are a number of changes
required:
(1) Change the relay to a 24V DPDT
type (eg, Jaycar SY-4053).
(2) Change both ZD1 and ZD2 to 33V
1W (1N4752).
(3) Change the two 100mF 16V and
the 10mF 16V electrolytic capacitors
to 100mF 35V and 10mF 35V (the 10mF
capacitor at REG1’s output can remain
a 16V type).
(4) Change the 1MW input resistor to
2.2MW (0.25W).
(5) Change the 1.8kW resistor for LED1
to 3.9kW (0.5W).
How to eliminate
DC plugpacks
I’ve noticed that many people have
multiple 240VAC plugpacks in the
siliconchip.com.au
Notes & Errata
magnet
hole
(3.5mm)
30
4
axle
hole
cL
80
bend
down 180o
axle
hole
28
axle
hole
hole for tieing
off cable to
reed switch
15
65
45
outside width of bucket +4mm
32
bend to
semicircle
4mm
hole
fold lines
25
0.6-0.8mm
aluminium sheet
12
one location so I thought I’d suggest a
replacement to be featured in SILICON
CHIP. For example, at my computer I
have eight such plugpacks of different voltages (phone, router, switch,
printer, ext speakers, VOIP adaptor,
etc) so would dearly love to have
just one unit that could power all
this equipment. It might even save in
standby power costs.
Of course, each output would have
to be voltage and polarity switchable
but I figure that wouldn’t be too hard
to manage. (T. S., Devonport, Tas).
• We published a project along these
lines in December 1999 – the PC Powerhouse. It derived rails of 5V, 12V, 6V
and 9V and took the form of a card
which plugged into your computer’s
motherboard.
TIPPING BUCKET BRACKET TEMPLATE
TIPPING BUCKET TEMPLATE
bend flange
90 o to back
flange
3-4mm
end open
divider on
centre line
(magnet)
inside height
of tipping
bucket
bend flange
90 o to front
(axle
under)
(axle)
Query on the SMS
Controller
I have assembled the SMS Controller
kit (SILICON CHIP, October & November
2004) but I find that the commands
to switch the eight outputs are not
working. I get a positive signal on the
selected input pins of IC4 (ULN2803)
but no signal on the corresponding
output pins.
I suspect that pin 10 “COM” should
be connected via the zener diode 36V
ZD7 to +12V DC, not 0V. Can you comment please? (F. J., via email).
• Both the circuit and the wiring
diagram of this project are correct,
as published. Note that if you have
nothing connected to the output pins,
there will be no voltage there. Each
output is the collector of a transistor
and if it is not connected to anything,
it does nothing. For suggested output
SC
configurations, see Fig.6.
inside width of
tipping bucket
TIPPING BUCKET DIVIDER TEMPLATE
plan
elevation
end open
TIPPING BUCKET ASSEMBLED
Fig.1: follow this diagram to make the tipping bucket assembly for the
Simple Data Logging Weather Station.
Simple Data Logging Weather Station, September & October 2007: the
diagram giving details of the tipping
bucket assembly was omitted from
the second article. Fig.1 (above)
shows the missing diagram.
Versatile 4-Input Mixer, June 2007:
the PC board pattern as published
(01106071.PCB) has the connections reversed for input connectors
CON1-CON4 and the reversed connections were also present in the
board overlay diagram on page 66.
A corrected version of the board
pattern has been sent to manufacturers. Operation can be achieved
with boards etched from the original
pattern by removing the contact
clips from CON1-CON4 and fitting
them on the opposite sides of the
connectors.
Programmable Ignition for Cars,
March, April & May 2007: the
link http://www.pgmfi.org/twiki/
bin/view/Library/MapSensor giving pinout information on the
MAP sensors is now unavailable. The information can now
be found at: http://web.archive.
org/web/20050906201309/www.
pgmfi.org/twiki/bin/view/Library/
MapSensor
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with
mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages
or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims
any liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any
issue of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON
CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant
government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2007 99
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
See
Review
March
2010
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
PAYPAL (24/7)
INTERNET (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
eMAIL (24/7)
FAX (24/7)
To
ilicon Chip Use your PayPal account
www.siliconchip.
Callsiliconchip.com.au
(02) 9939 3295 with
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Place100 S
com.au/Shop/Books silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Collaroy NSW 2097
with order & credit card details
with order & credit card details (02) 9939 2648 with all details
Your
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
Order:
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
See
Review
March
2010
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
PAYPAL (24/7)
INTERNET (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
eMAIL (24/7)
FAX (24/7)
To
siliconchip.com.au
ovember
2007 101
Use your PayPal account
www.siliconchip.
139
Call (02)
9939 3295 with
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Your order and card details to Your order to PO BoxN
Place
com.au/Shop/Books silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Collaroy NSW 2097
with order & credit card details
with order & credit card details (02) 9939 2648 with all details
Your
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
Order:
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $27.00 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 80 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $49.50 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale.
To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and
include your credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post to Silicon Chip
Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
o
Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
Signature_____________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _________________________________________________________
Street _________________________________________________________
Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________
FOR SALE
More control solutions for you:
NEW Radio Modules: Zigbee Radio
Modem 1km, Bluetooth Serial Modem
100m.
NEW Ethernet Modules: Ethernet to
RS232/RS422/RS485 1, 2, 4 & 8-port
Modules.
NEW Protocol Gateways: Lonworks
to Modbus, Profibus to Modbus, Can
(J1939) to Modbus, AB-DF1 to Modbus,
Hart to Modbus and more.
NEW M325 Microstepping Bipolar Stepper Driver only $99.
NEW 500oz-in plus Stepper Motor:
may not be the fastest motor on the
block but it has real grunt.
NEW USB 8 Relay and 4 isolated input
card.
NEW 20A DC Motor Speed Controller.
Low Cost Dual DC Amplifier Kit:
per
fect for Data Acquisition. Amplify
signals from 1.5 to 10 or reduce signals
by a factor of 0.7 to 0.1.
Electronic Thermostats with digital
102 Silicon Chip
temperature display, 2 control relays.
Can be used in heating and cooling.
NTC thermistor or J T/C or Pt100
sensors.
Isolated and Non Isolated RS232 to
RS485 converters.
USB to RS422/RS485 converter with
1500V isolation, RTS or Auto Data Flow
control.
Signal Conditioners – non isolated
and isolated: Convert thermocouples,
RTDs to 4-20mA or 0-10V. Fully programmable.
Stepper Motors: we have a selection
of Stepper motors for hobby and high
torque CNC applications.
DC Motors for both hobby and high
torque applications.
DC, Stepper and Servo Motor controller kits.
Serial and Parallel Port relay controller cards.
PIC MicroProgrammers: serial and
USB port operated.
Switch Mode, Battery Chargers and
DC-DC converters.
Full details and credit card ordering
Position Vacant
Radio Technician required for Australia’s
largest Avionics workshop. Chance to
carry out component level repairs on a
huge range of aircraft electronics.
Training provided, avionics experience
is not essential. Good knowledge of
component repairs on communications
equipment highly regarded. Excellent
conditions for the right person.
Email: jason.burzacott<at>
australianavionics.com.au
www.australianavionics.com.au
available at www.oceancontrols.com.au
Helping to put you in control.
LEDs! I NOW HAVE good stocks of
Nichia superbright oval LEDs, as well
as 5mm Agilent (HP) LEDs. These
are fantastic, bright brand-name quality LEDs at Chinese LED prices! Also
Osram surface mount range and other
siliconchip.com.au
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
High quality
Realistic prices
Free software updates
Large range of adaptors
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
CLEVERSCOPE
USB OSCILLOSCOPES
2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger
100MHz bandwidth
8 x digital inputs
4M samples/input
Sig-gen + spectrum analyser
Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP
IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS
ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE
AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
www.grantronics.com.au
Do you have wireless problems?
Telelink has wireless solutions!
If you want the right ‘wireless’ ingredients for a
successful project recipe, THINK Telelink! Don’t
want to be confused by wireless gobbledegook
and confusing buzz words? TALK to Telelink!
We will give you honest advice so that you
can make the right purchase decision for
your OEM low power wireless requirements.
Browse our website for more information about
our products. If you have any questions speak
with a Telelink Communications representative.
At Telelink we sell solutions, not problems!
01010101
MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier
QUEST
®
Quest AV®
VGA Splitter
VGS2
HQ VGA
Cables
AWP1
A-V Wallplate
Come to the
specialists...
®
Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au
fax (02) 4341 2795
phone (02) 4343 1970
email: questav<at>questronix.com.au
www.dontronics.com has 300 selected
AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378.
Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
DVS5c & DVS5s
High Performance
Video / S-Video
and Audio Splitters
Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix
International satellite
TV reception in your
home is now affordable.
Send for your free info
pack containing equipment catalog, satellite
lists, etc or call for appointment to view.
We can display all satellites from 76.5°
to 180°.
PCB CARBIDE DRILLS $3.50ea (new).
distribution amps - splitters
digital standards converters - tbc's
switchers - cables - adaptors
genlockers - scan converters
bulk vga cable - wallplates
Telelink Communications
www.telelink.com.au
e-mail Jack Chomley – jack<at>telelink.com.au
or call (07) 4934 0413 or 0428 199 551
Satellite TV Reception
NOS standard and superbright brand
name LEDs from just a few cents each.
Also Cree X-Lamps, 5 and 10 watt power
LEDs, LED drivers, kits and all sorts of
other stuff. www.ledsales.com.au
VIDEO - AUDIO - PC
Riston coated Laminate. PCBs made,
great prices. acetronics<at>acetronics.
com.au Phone (02) 9600 6832.
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
hardware and software products available from over 40 world wide manufacturers, and authors.
Olimex Development Boards & Tools:
ARM, AVR, MAXQ, MSP430 and PIC.
Atmel Programmers And Compilers:
STK500, Codevision C, Bascom AVR,
FED AVIDICY Pro, MikroElektronika Basic
and Pascal, Flash File support, and boot
loaders.
PICmicro Programmers And Compilers:
microEngineering Labs USB programmers, adapters, and Basic Compilers, DIY
(Kitsrus) USB programmers, MikroElektronika Basic, Pascal, DSpic Pascal Compilers,
CCS C, FED C, Hi-Tech C, MikroElektronika
C, disassembler and hex tools.
CAN: Lawicell CANUSB, CAN232
FTDI: USB Family of IC ‘s. FT232RL,
FT2452RL, also BL and others.
4DSystems LCD/Graphics: Add VGA
monitor, or OLED LCD to your micro. Simple Serial I/F.
Heaps And Heaps Of USB Products:
TTL, RS-232, RS-485, modules, cables,
analyzers, CRO’s.
Popular Easysync USB To RS-232
Cable: Works when the others fail. Only
one recommended by CBUS. Money back
guarantee.
www.dontronics-shop.com
November 2007 103
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities for full-time and part-time positions all over Australia & New Zealand
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian
owned, international retailer with more than 39 stores in
Australia and New Zealand. Our aggressive expansion
programme has resulted in the need for dedicated
individuals to join our team to assist us in achieving our
goals.
We pride ourselves on the technical knowledge of our
staff. Do you think that the following statements describe
you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of electronics, particularly at component level.
Assemble projects or kits yourself for car, computer, audio, etc.
Have empathy with others who have the same interest as you.
May have worked in some retail already (not obligatory).
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys
helping people.
Appreciates an opportunity for future advancement.
Have an eye for detail.
Why not do something you love and get paid for it? Please
write or email us with your details, along with your C.V.
and any qualifications you may have. We pay a
competitive salary, sales commissions and have great
benefits like a liberal staff purchase policy.
Send to:
Retail Operations Manager - Jaycar Electronics Pty Ltd
P.O. Box 6424 Silverwater NSW 1811
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is an equal opportunity employer and
actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
Advertising Index
4D Systems.................................. 97
555 Electronics............................... 8
Agilent................................. 68,OBC
Alternative Technology Assoc...... 93
Altronics.........................loose insert
Australian Avionics..................... 102
Av-Comm................................... 103
BitScope Designs........................... 3
Dick Smith Electronics............ 18-21
Dontronics.................................. 103
Ecowatch.................................... 103
Emona.......................................... 61
FreeNet Antennas...................... 102
Grantronics................................. 103
Harbuch Electronics..................... 87
Instant PCBs.............................. 104
Jaycar........................ IFC,49-56,112
JED Microprocessors..................... 5
LED Sales.................................. 102
Oatley Electronics...................... IBC
Ocean Controls.......................... 102
SPK360
3/5/06
1:10 PM
Prime Electronics........................... 6
Page 1
Quest Electronics....................... 103
Radio, TV & Hobbies DVD............ 97
RCS Radio................................. 103
20 years experience!
RF Modules................................ 104
HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS
Rohde & Schwarz........................ 59
scientech........................................ 8
YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS
Sesame Electronics................... 104
SPK360
Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands.
Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker
repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete
recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak,
Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others!
tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others. Ph
(02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.com.
au, www.rcsradio.com.au
AMPLIFIER BUILDERS: ezChassis®
pre-punched cabinets make all your
DIY amplifier projects easier and professional looking. Matching heatsinks
and hardware. www.designbuildlisten.
com
MicroByte Electronics: PIC Micros
– Development Board – Development
tools & Components. Phone: (03) 9378
4288. info<at>microbyte.com.au; www.
microbyte.com.au
104 Silicon Chip
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
WANTED
WANTED: EARLY HIFIs, AMPLIFIERS,
Speakers, Turntables, Valves, Books,
Quad, Leak, Pye, Lowther, Ortofon,
SME, Western Electric, Altec, Marantz,
McIntosh, Tannoy, Goodmans, Wharfedale, radio and wireless. Collector/
Hobbyist will pay cash. (07) 5471 1062.
johnmurt<at>highprofile.com.au
CUSTOMERS: Truscotts Electronic
World – large range of semiconductors
and passive components for industry,
hobbyist and amateur projects including Drew Diamond. 27 The Mall, South
Croydon, Melbourne. (03) 9723 3860.
electronicworld<at>optusnet.com.au
Silicon Chip Binders..................... 63
Silicon Chip Bookshop........ 100-101
SC Perf. Electronics For Cars....... 95
Silicon Chip Subscriptions........... 77
Siomar.......................................... 27
Speakerbits................................ 104
Telelink....................................... 103
Tenrod Australia........................... 89
Truscotts Electronic World.......... 104
Trusys......................................... 103
Vaf Research.................................. 7
Wagner Electronics...................... 57
Worldwide Elect. Components... 112
Yokogawa....................................... 9
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP designs can be obtained from
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334.
siliconchip.com.au
We have a new shipment of our hugely
popular high power DC Motors that has just
arrived. Also wheels, chains and sprockets.
See our Website for more details
UP T
O3X
6V 4W
BRAND NEW
MOTOR
S T A R T
R E L A Y
600V 24A HIGH CURRENT
Sprecher + Schuh CA39=CT3(K) DIN rail or screw
mount. 240V coil. Approx 68
X 45 X 80mm.
LIMITED STOCK
DON'T MISS OUT.
At just a fraction of the new
price. (MSR)$22
PANE
L
S
X7
AP
HB
NEW COMBINED
UP INVERTER AND
SHUNT REGULATOR /
CHARGE CONTROLLER
KIT
TRANSISTOR
MOUNTED
UNDER PCB
TO
3
ATT
E
K259
UP
OATLEY
ELECTRONICS
We have a limited quantity of these commercial grade 4
way antenna splitters.(AS1) $6 "Also twist on" "F" type
connectors for RG6 cable, 5 for $2.50 when purchased
with a splitter.
RIE
S
GENERATOR
_
_
+
BATTERY
K251A _ +
CONNECT TO ONE OF OUR MANY NEW LED DRIVER KITS
WITH A STRING OF OUR NEW INCREDIBLY BRIGHT 1\2W LEDS
This system is ideal for camp sites, sheds or for remote locations where you need
light. it is designed to charge up to 3X7AH batteries via our new K251A combined
up inverter and shunt regulator / charge controller kit. The battery can then be
used to power one of our new LED driver kits. This system comprises 1 X 6V / 4W
solar panel, 1 X up inverter / charge controller kit, 1 X 12V / 7APH battery and all
for just (SL1)$79 Check out our LED driver kits on the Web.
NEW CONTROLLER PCB
This PCB was built to control an industrial process. With
logic level inputs via opto- couplers on the board you can
control 4 high current outputs using TPDV1240
40A/1200V Triacs. There are a further 3 X 10A relay
outputs. CCT. for SSR section of PCB on our Website .(
VPCB) $15
100W SOLAR PANEL ARRAY WITH FREE REGULATOR KIT
AL
E
D
GE
A
K
C
A
IAL P
SPEC
This 100W solar array includes five 20W – 12V polycrystalline solar panels, a 12V/24V regulator kit + weatherproof
kit box. Why 5 X 12V/20W panels and not 1 X 100W panel?...Loss of output due to damage or obstruction of a
panel will result in a 20% loss in output, not 100% loss. Air gaps between panels increase cooling and thus
increases panel efficiency. Much cheaper and less fragile to post. The wiring can be changed for different voltages.
Aluminum angle, rivets or wire not inc, all worth around $15. Specifications For Individual Panel: Peak Power: 20W,
Open Circuit Voltage: 21V, Short Circuit Current: 1.3A, Voltage At Max. Power: 17.5V, Current At Max. Power: 1.1A,
Dim: 610 x 290 x 25mm. 5 X 12V/20W panels +regulator kit + weatherproof box (ARRAY) $690.00
EXPERIMENTERS DELIGHT
NEW 0.5W10mm LEDs
Amazing new bright LEDs. More light for your
money and more light from the same space than
regular LEDs. Unlike LUXEON style LEDs these
LEDs do not require any additional heatsinking.
White $2.40
Water clear lens.
25 Lumens <at> 150mA / 80,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
Red $2.40
Water clear lens.
20 Lumens <at> 150ma / 65,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
Blue $2.40
Water clear lens.
15 Lumens <at> 150mA / 40,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
Green $2.40
Water clear lens.
20 Lumens <at> 150mA / 80,000 mcd <at> 20mA.
K256 - ACTIVE LOOP ANTENNA KIT
This kit is designed to significantly improve the reception of distant AM radio stations.
With a reduction of turns in the loop this kit will be suitable for shortwave bands. This
kit is similar to that published in October 2007 issue of SC, but this new improved
version is supplied with a Varactor diode which tunes across
the whole AM band. We also supply
instructions in the notes on how to construct
a simple loop antenna based around a
readily available box. Kit is supplied with
PCBs, all on-board components, jiffy box and
a weatherproof box (antenna wire and mast
not supplied). K256 $22
www.oatleyelectronics.com Suppliers
of kits and surplus electronics to hobbyists, experimenters, industry & professionals.
Orders: Ph ( 02 ) 9584 3563, Fax 9584 3561, sales<at>oatleyelectronics.com,N
PO
Box 89 Oatley
NSW 2223
ovember
2007 105
major credit cards accepted, Post & Pack typically $7 Prices subject to change without notice ACN 068 740 081 ABN18068 740 081
OR www.oatleye.com
siliconchip.com.au
SC_NOV_07
|